|
|
Table Of Contents
CLI Commands
Command line interface (CLI) commands allow you to configure, manage, and troubleshoot VISM/VISM-PR cards.
The VISM/VISM-PR CLI commands are described in the remainder of this chapter and are arranged in alphabetical order.
For information on how to access and use the CLI commands, see Chapter 6, "Configuring VISM/VISM-PR Features."
The following example shows the available modes.
cnfvismmode "mode_number"mode -- Value: 1 = voipSwitching/voipTrunking,2 = aal2Trunking,3 = aal1Switching,7 = switchedAal2Svc,8 = switchedAal2Pvc,9 = voipAndAal1Svc,10 = voipTrunking/aal2Trunking.The available commands on the VISM/VISM-PR card depend on the operating mode that you have configured. Table 7-1 shows the available operating modes.
The following sections list the commands in alphabetical order for each operating mode:
•
VoIP Switching/VoIP Trunking
VoIP Switching/VoIP Trunking
Table 7-2 provides an alphabetical list of the commands that support the VoIP switching/VoIP trunking mode. Each command listed is linked to its corresponding section in the document.
AAL2 Trunking
The following alphabetical list of commands supports the AAL2 trunking mode.
Table 7-2 provides an alphabetical list of the commands that support the VoIP switching/VoIP trunking mode. Each command listed is linked to its corresponding section in the document.
AAL1 Switching
The following alphabetical list of commands supports the AAL1 switching mode.
Switched AAL2 SVC
The following alphabetical list of commands supports the switched AAL2 SVC mode.
Switched AAL2 PVC
The following alphabetical list of commands supports the switched AAL2 PVC mode.
VoIP and AAL1 SVC
The following alphabetical list of commands supports the VoIP and AAL1 SVC mode.
VoIP Trunking/AAL2 Trunking
The following alphabetical list of commands supports the VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking modes.
?
To display some or all commands associated with the current card, use the ? command.
?
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAl2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
You can enter a complete or partial command name. If you do not type the name of a command, the entire command list is displayed.
Examples
The following example shows a list of all commands that contain the string ecan—a partial command name:
? ecanAvailable commands------------------cnfecancnfcnfecannoisecnfecannrcnfecanreccnfecantailRelated Commands
addannpermanent
To configure an announcement server file and associated codec type as permanent, use the addannpermanent command.
addannpermanent <ann_Index> <ann_file_name> <ann_codec>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
The G.723.1 codecs are supported for VISM-PR cards and are not supported for VISM cards.
Examples
The following example shows that index server number 19 is configured with the announce1 file in the G.726-40K codec:
addannpermanent 19 announce1 9Related Commands
addcasvar
To add a channel associated signaling (CAS) variant to a VISM card, name the CAS variant file, and optionally set the source of the file, use the addcasvar command.
addcasvar <variant_name> <file_name> |<cas_var_source>|
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, and VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Before you can execute this command, download a file containing the variant information to the Cisco MGX 8000 Series platform PXM card, using a separate application (such as TFTP).
This command downloads the specified file from the PXM card and configures the CAS variant on the VISM card based on the information in the file. You can use this command at any time to add a new CAS variant.
Examples
The following example shows that a wink start CAS variant called casvar is added to a VISM card based on information contained in the wink_did_dod.o file, which is located in the internal (built-in) location:
addcasvar casvar wink_did_dod.o 2Related Commands
addccs
To add a common channel signaling (CCS) channel (D channel) to a VISM card, use the addccs command.
addccs <line_number> <ds0_number> <LCN>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must select CCS signaling on the specified line with the cnflnsig command.
When you execute this command, a value called ds0IfIndex is displayed. This value is used to identify the CCS channel in subsequent CCS-related commands.
Examples
The following example shows that a CCS D channel is added to line 1, DS0 20, logical channel number 200:
addccs 1 20 200Related Commands
delccs
Deletes the association between a CCS (DS0) channel and its corresponding virtual channel.
dspccs
Displays the properties of a previously added CCS channel.
addcid
To add an AAL2 channel identifier (CID) on a VISM/VISM-PR card, use the addcid command.
addcid <endpt_num> <LCN> <cid_num> <codec_type> <profile_type> <profile_number> |<voice_activity_detection> <vad_init_timer> <echo_cancellation> <triple_redundancy_protection> <cas_signaling_transport> <dtmf_tone_transport_as_AAL2> <ICS_enable> <pktPeriod>|
Syntax Description
Command Modes
AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
This command establishes a relationship between an endpoint and an LCN/CID pair. The endpoint is bound to a DS0 and the CID binds a DS0 to a logical channel—ensuring an endpoint-to-endpoint trunk. The following conditions must be met before you use this command:
•
•
•
This command can be used on an endpoint that has no associated CAS variant. However, if a CAS variant is specified for the endpoint, it must be Q.50 variant (file q50.o)—the only CAS variant supported by this command.
The G.723.1 codecs are supported for VISM-PR cards and are not supported for VISM cards.
Examples
The following example creates a CID for endpoint 10, LCN 140, with a CID number of 10. The codec type is 2 (G.711a), profile type is 1 (ITU), profile number is 1 (ITU), VAD is 1 (on), VAD holdover is 300 milliseconds, type 3 redundancy is 1 (on), CAS transport is 1 (on), DTMF transport is 1 (on), idle code suppression is 1 (on) and the packet period is 10 milliseconds.
addcid 10 140 10 2 1 1 1 300 1 1 1 10Related Commands
addcon
To add a permanent virtual circuit (PVC) connection between a VISM card and any service module (SM) or PXM card, use the addcon command.
addcon <localVCI> <preference> <pvcType> <application> <PCR> <mastership> |<remoteConnId> <serviceType> [<scr> <mbs>]|
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, and VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
You must execute the addport and addrscprtn commands before you use this command.
If you are using this command with the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode and dual PVCs, you must add the primary channel before the secondary channel.
If you are using this command with the AAL2 trunking operating mode, the pvcType argument value must be 1 (AAL5) for signaling and 2 (AAL2) for a bearer channel.
This command requires you to configure the PVC connections in the following ways for the different operating modes:
•
–
•
–
–
•
–
–
Examples
The following example adds a master connection as the primary channel using AAL2 for bearer traffic. The local VCI is 160 and the remote end is named node1 in slot 4, port 2 with a VPI/VCI of 223/223. The service type is CBR, the sustainable call rate is 500 cps, and the maximum burst rate is 6000 cells.
addcon 160 1 2 2 1000 1 node1.4.2.223.223 1 500 6000After you execute this command, a typical local connection ID appears as node 1.5.1.0.160, where 160 is the added LCN.
Related Commands
addconloop
To set a cellbus connection to local loopback state on a current card, use the addconloop command.
addconloop <LCN>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, and VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example places the channel number 132 in loopback state:
addconloop 132Related Commands
adddn
To add a domain name (call agent name, TFTP server name, domain name server (DNS) name, or announcement server name) and optionally configure the resolution type of the domain name, use the adddn command.
adddn <mg_domain_num> <mg_domain_name> |<Resolution_Type>|
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, and VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that a call agent domain name, main, with a domain number of 3 is assigned the internal first resolution type (3):
adddn 3 main 3Related Commands
adddnip
To add the IP addresses for a domain name that you added by using the adddn command, use the adddnip command.
adddnip <Resolution_index> <domain_name> <IP_address> <preference>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, and VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that resolution number 22 is configured for domain name callagent35, with IP address 209.165.200.224, and an address resolution preference order of 7 (low):
adddnip 22 callagent35 209.165.200.224 7Related Commands
adddualtonedet
To add a dual tone frequency tone, use the adddualtonedet command.
adddualtonedet <dttoneId> <dteventId> <dtfreq1> <dtfreq2> <onCadence> <offCadence> [<cadMatch> <maxFreqDev> <maxPwr> <minPwr> <pwrTwist> <maxDelay> <minOnCad> <maxOffCad>]Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Note
Examples
The following example shows adding a ringback tone with default values.
adddualtonedet 1 70 460 0 2000 4000 1 30 3 35 10 100 200 4500For more information on the dual tones default values, see "Default Values" section on page 1-16 of Chapter 1, "New Features in Release 3.2."
Related Commands
deldualtonedet
Deletes a dual frequency tone.
dspdualtonedet
Displays a dual tone configuration.
addendpt
To add an endpoint on a line, use the addendpt command.
addendpt <endpt_num> <ds1_num> <ds0_num>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, and VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
The endpoint on VISM is a logical port that consists of one DS0. The argument values entered in this command create an endpoint ID (endpt_num) which is required by the call agent for sending the xGCP Create Connection command (CRCX) to a VISM card. You can only configure bearer DS0s as endpoints to a previously added line.
Note
If your application requires the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode, you must add the IP address for VISM with the cnfvismip command before endpoints can be added.
This command sends an RSIP message to each associated call agent indicating that the endpoint is in service.
Examples
The following example adds an endpoint with the number 120, on line 5, DS0 number 5:
addendpt 120 5 5Related Commands
addendptloop
To place an endpoint in a loopback condition in the TDM direction, use the addendptloop command.
addendptloop <endpt-num>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, and VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example adds an endpoint loopback to endpoint 120:
addendptloop 120Related Commands
addendpts
To add multiple consecutive number of endpoints with a single command, use the addendpts command.
addendpts <endpt_num> <ds1_num> <ds0_num> <endpts_num>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, and VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
The addendpts command uses a specified number of consecutive endpoints starting at a specified endpoint number, line number, and DS0 number. As endpoints are added, the command uses the next available (not added) endpoint numbers and DS0s. The command does not wrap around DS0 and endpoint numbers.
Note
Note
Before you add endpoints with this command, ensure that enough lines and DS0s exist. If you attempt to add more endpoints than are available, only the available endpoints are added.
For example, if T1 line 1 is the only line enabled and you attempt to add 25 endpoints, only 24 endpoints are added. Your terminal display shows the actual number of endpoints added.
This command sends an RSIP message to each associated call agent indicating that the endpoints are in service.
Examples
The following example shows that 12 consecutive endpoints are added to line 1, starting at endpoint number 6, DS0 number 12:
addendpts 6 1 12 12Related Commands
delendpts
Deletes a consecutive number of endpoints on the VISM card.
dspendpts
Displays information about all endpoints on a VISM card.
addlapd
To add a Link Access Protocol D channel (LAPD) from a specified DS0 to a VISM card, use the addlapd command.
addlapd <line_number> <ds0_number> |<lapd_side> <lapd_application_type>|
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Before using this command, complete the following tasks:
•
•
•
Use the addlapd command when the specified channel is backhauled to the call agent.
Examples
The following example shows that an ISDN PRI D channel is added to line 2 and DS0 7 on the network side:
addlapd 2 7 1 1Related Commands
dellapd
Deletes an LAPD.
dsplapd
Displays information about an LAPD.
dsplapds
Displays information about all LAPDs.
addlapdtrunk
To add a Link Access Protocol D channel (LAPD) trunk to a specific line, use the addlapdtrunk command.
addlapdtrunk <Line_num> <Lapd_Rudp_Index>
Syntax Description
Line_num
Line number of the T1 or E1 line in the range 1-8.
Lapd_Rudp_Index
LAPD Reliable User Data Protocol (RUDP) number in the range 1-64.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the LAPD RUDP number 1 is added to line number 2:
addlapdtrunk 2 1Related Commands
addln
To add a T1 or E1 line to a VISM card, use the addln command.
addln <line_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that line number 1 is added to a VISM card:
addln 1Related Commands
cnfln
Configures line characteristics for a specified line.
delln
Deletes a DS1 line on a VISM card.
dspln
Displays the characteristics of a specified line.
addlnloop
To set a specified line of the current card to the local loopback state, use the addlnloop command.
addlnloop <line_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Note
Examples
The following example adds a local line loopback state to line 1:
addlnloop 1Related Commands
addmgc
To add a Media Gateway Controller (MGC)—also known as a call agent—use the addmgc command.
addmgc <mgcNumber> <DomainName>
Syntax Description
mgcNumber
Media Gateway Controller (MGC) number in the range from 1 to 8.
DomainName
Domain name. Maximum length is 64 characters.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example adds an MGC with the name mgc1:
mgx8850.1.28.VISM8.a> addmgc 1 mgc1Related Commands
addmgcgrpentry
To configure a call agent as part of a media gateway controller (MGC) redundancy group and assign a priority value for the call agent, use the addmgcgrpentry command.
addmgcgrpentry <Red_Group_Num> <mgcRedGrpMgcNum> <mgcRedGrpPref>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
You must add a call agent to a call agent redundancy group regardless of the absence of additional call agents in the redundancy group.
Use the dspmgcgrpparams command to verify call agent redundancy group configuration data.
Examples
The following example shows that call agent redundancy group number 1 is configured with the call agent number 5, and assigned a priority level of 3:
addmgcgrpentry 1 5 3Related Commands
addmgcgrpprotocol
To associate a call agent redundancy group with a gateway control protocol (xGCP) and configure call agent group protocol control data, use the addmgcgrpprotocol command.
addmgcgrpprotocol <Red_Group_Num> <protocol_number> |<Qrntn_Persist> <Qrntn_Def> <Sign_OnOff> <Prov_Resp> <RspAck_Attr> <Disc_Proc> <Cancel_Graceful>|
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
This command allows you to add multiple protocols to the same redundancy group.
Examples
The following example shows that call agent redundancy group number 3 is assigned gateway control protocol number 5, MGC 1.0:
addmgcgrpprotocol 3 5Related Commands
addport
To add a virtual port between the VISM and PXM cards, use the addport command.
addport
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
This command automatically associates the VISM card and the virtual port with the MGX 8000 Series platform.
Note
When you execute this command, the port number is set to one of the following values:
•
•
Examples
The following example shows that a virtual port has been added between the VISM and PXM cards:
addportRelated Commands
addrscprtn
To add a resource partition for a virtual port, use the addrscprtn command.
addrscprtn <controller_id>
Syntax Description
controller_id
Controller identification number to which the resource partition is added. Range is 1-255.
•
•
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
You must configure a virtual port with the addport command before you use this command.
If you are using a PXM1 card, this command adds an entry with resource partition number 1. If you are using a PXM1E or PXM45 card, this command adds the entries with resource partition number 2.
Examples
The following example shows that a resource partition is added to controller number 2:
addrscprtn 2Related Commands
delrscprtn
Deletes a resource partition.
dsprscprtn
Displays information about a resource partition.
addrtpcon
To add a static Real-Time Transport Protocol (RTP) VoIP trunking connection, use the addrtpcon command.
addrtpcon <rtp_conn_index> <rtp_endpt-num> <rtp_local_port> <rtp_remote_port> <rtp_remote_GW_IP_Addr> <voice_codec_type> |<voice_packet_period> <bearer_prec> <bearer_tos> <conn_mode> <ecan> <VAD_OnOff> <VAD_Timer> <CAS_Transport> <DTMF_Transport> <ICS> <payload>|
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
The G.723.1 codecs are supported for VISM-PR cards and are not supported for VISM cards.
Examples
The following example shows that the RTP trunking connection 26 is added and configured with endpoint number 200, static RTP local port number 50000, static RTP remote port number 49648, remote IP address 209.165.200.224, G.726/32 codec type, 20-ms packetization period, bearer precedence of 3, bearer ToS of 1, VISM sends and receives packets, ECAN and VAD enabled, 400-ms VAD holdover time, CAS transportation enabled, DTMF tone transportation enabled, idle code suppression for CID enabled, and the 255 payload type:
addrtpcon 26 200 50000 49648 209.165.200.224 3 20 3 1 3 1 1 400 1 1 1 255Related Commands
addrudptrunk
To add an ISDN PRI backhaul Reliable User Datagram Protocol (RUDP) session for a Link Access Protocol D channel (LAPD) trunk connection, use the addrudptrunk command.
addrudptrunk <session_number> <local_port> <remote_port> <Remote_Gw_IP>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session number 40 is added to the LAPD trunk connection with local port 1024, remote port 2006, and remote IP address 209.165.200.244:
addrudptrunk 40 1024 2006 209.165.200.244Related Commands
addses
To add a PRI backhaul session between a VISM card and a call agent, use the addses command.
addses <session_number> <group_number> <priority> <local_port> <remote_port>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Before you use this command, add a session group for the session.
Examples
The following example shows that PRI backhaul session number 4 is added to session group 1 between the VISM card and the callagent1 call agent:
addses 4 1 2 1124 1124Related Commands
delses
Deletes a PRI backhaul session.
dspses
Displays information about a PRI backhaul session.
dspsess
Displays information about all PRI backhaul sessions.
addsesgrp
To add a PRI backhaul session group between a VISM card and a call agent, use the addsesgrp command.
addsesgrp <group_number> <set_number> <mgc_name>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Specify the following parameters:
•
•
Examples
The following example shows that the PRI backhaul session group 2 is added between the VISM card and the Jack call agent to session set number 1:
addsesgrp 2 1 JackRelated Commands
addsesset
To add a PRI backhaul session set between a VISM card and a call agent, use the addsesset command.
addsesset <set_number> <fault_tolerant>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
The set_number argument value must be set to 1.
Examples
The following example shows that the PRI backhaul session set number 1 is added between a VISM card and a call agent:
addsesset 1Related Commands
addtoneplan
To add a provisional tone plan to the current VISM card, use the addtoneplan command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.
addtoneplan <tone_plan_region> <tone_plan_version> tone_plan_file>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Before using the addtoneplan command, complete the following steps before using this command:
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Note
You can add a maximum of 32 provisional tone plans to the system. You must create provisional tone plan files with the following format:
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// Comments : Text after `//' through the end of the line are ignored.//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////System Section//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////version 2description "Tone Plan Defined for CompanyX"//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////Tones Section//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////dial_tone 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7busy_tone 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0stutter_tone 1, 2, 3dtmf_digit 1, 2•
•
–
Version 2 includes the format of version 1 with additional syntax items for defining wireless tones.–
•
The syntax of the tone plan definition file must be specified in the following order and on the same line:
<tone_name> <number_of_freq_components> <amp_of_first> <amp_of_second> <timeout> <freq_1st_cadence1> <freq_2nd_cadence1> <ontime_cadence1> <offtime_cadence1> <repeat_count_cadence1>
[<freq_1st_cadence2> <freq_2nd_cadence2> <ontime_cadence2> <offtime_cadence2> <repeat_count_cadence2>]
[<freq_1st_cadence3> <freq_2nd_cadence3> <ontime_cadence3> <offtime_cadence3> <repeat_count_cadence3>]
[<freq_1st_cadence4> <freq_2nd_cadence4> <ontime_cadence4> <offtime_cadence4> <repeat_count_cadence4>]Table 7-9 lists the mandatory values for defining the call tones.
Table 7-9 Mandatory Parameters for Defining Tones
tone_name
Identifies the tone as one of the following values:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
number_of_freq_components
Number of frequency components as one of the following values:
•
•
amp_of_first1
Peak-to-peak amplitude of the first frequency according to the following formula:
46348 * 10 to the power of (dBm/20)
Value range is 0-65535.
amp_of_second 1
Peak-to-peak amplitude of the second frequency according to the following formula:
46348 * 10 to the power of (dBm/20)
Value range is 0-65535.
timeout
Time when tone generation is stopped. Range is 0-65535 msec.
A value of 0 means no timeout, and thus the tone is stopped explicitly by call agent.
freq_1st_cadence1
First frequency in cadence 1. Range is 0-3999 Hz.
freq_2nd_cadence1
Second frequency in cadence 1. Range is 0-3999 Hz.
ontime_cadence1
First on time that the tone plays in cadence 1. Range is 0-65535 ms.
offtime_cadence1
First off time that the tone does not play in cadence 1. Range is 0-65535 ms.
repeat_count_cadence1
Repeat count for cadence 1. Range is 1-65535 ms.
1 To specify amplitudes of DTMF and MFR1 tones, you must use the following syntax: dtmf_digit amp-low amp-high or mf_r1_digit amp-low amp-high. The amp-low value = low group frequency. The amp-high value = high group frequency.
Note
Table 7-10 describes the optional parameters you can use to define the tones.
Examples
The following example shows that the tone plan file name singp_3, with region singapore and version number 11, is added to the current VISM card:
addtoneplan singapore 11 singp_3The appropriate tone plan file, with associated region and version, is downloaded, parsed, and stored in memory.
Related Commands
addxgcppersistevt
To add persistent xGCP (various gateway control protocol) events, use the addxgcppersistevt command.
addxgcppersistevt <index> <persistent_event>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
This command notifies the call agent of the specified event without the need for a xGCP notification request. There are no persistent xGCP events by default. Only valid xGCP strings (described in the persistent_event syntax description list) can be configured with this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the persistent event index number 1 is added for the voiceband data package:
addxgcppersistevt 1 g/vbdRelated Commands
cc
To navigate from the current (logged on) card to another card in the MGX 8000 Series platform, use the cc command.
cc <slotNum>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
When you execute this command, the card residing in the slot identified by the slotNum value becomes active and is identified in the command line prompt. If there is no card in the slot identified by the slotNum value, an error message is displayed on your terminal.
Examples
The following example shows that the card in slot 22 was active, and now the card in slot 11 is active:
node1.1.22.VISM.a > cc 11node1.1.11.VISM.a >Related Commands
There are no related commands.
chkflash
To verify the integrity of a VISM card's flash memory, use the chkflash command.
chkflash
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example verifies the current VISM card's flash memory:
chkflashRelated Commands
There are no related commands.
clralm
To clear alarms on a specific VISM card line, use the clralm command.
clralm -ds1 <LineNum>
Syntax Description
-ds1
The mandatory line-num argument identifier.
LineNum
Line number in which to clear alarms. Range is 1-8.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
This command clears alarms caused by the collection of statistical data. Alarms caused by network failure cannot be cleared by using this command. For example, an alarm caused by a collection of bipolar errors can be cleared, but an alarm caused by a line failure cannot. Alarms that occur after you execute this command are not affected.
Examples
The following example shows that any alarms caused by statistical data are cleared from line 1:
clralm -ds1 1Related Commands
clralms
Clears alarms on a VISM card.
dspalm
Displays the alarms associated with a specified line.
dspalms
Displays all alarms for the selected line type (T1 or E1) on a card.
clralmcnt
To clear the alarm counters and statistics on a specified VISM line, use the clralmcnt command.
clralmcnt -ds1 <LineNum>
Syntax Description
-ds1
The mandatory line-num argument identifier.
LineNum
Line number for which to clear alarm counters and statistics. Range is 1-8.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
After you execute this command, all counters are reset to 0.
Examples
The following example clears alarm counters and statistics from line 1:
clralmcnt -ds1 1Related Commands
clralmcnts
Clears all alarm counters and statistics on a VISM card.
dspalmcnt
Displays the alarm counters and statistics on a line.
clralmcnts
To clear all the alarm counters and statistics on a VISM card, use the clralmcnts command.
clralmcnts
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
After you execute this command, all counters are reset to 0. The terminal display does not indicate a response to this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the alarm counters and statistics are removed for the current VISM card:
clralmcntsRelated Commands
clralmcnt
Clears the alarm counters and statistics on a VISM line.
dspalmcnt
Displays the alarm counters and statistics for the current VISM card.
clralms
To clear alarms on a VISM card, use the clralms command.
clralms
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
This command can clear alarms caused only by the collection of statistical data. Alarms caused by network failure cannot be cleared. For example, an alarm caused by a collection of bipolar errors can be cleared, but an alarm caused by a line failure cannot. Alarms occurring after this command executes are not affected.
The terminal display does not indicate a response to this command.Examples
The following example shows that the alarms are cleared on the current VISM card:
clralmsRelated Commands
clrcacfailcntrs
To reset all connection admission control (CAC) failure statistics to 0, use the clrcacfailcntrs command.
clrcacfailcntrs
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
This command is used for debugging purposes to reset counters and isolate any VISM CAC-related failures. Counter values more than zero indicate that the gateway is low on resources.
The terminal display does not indicate a response to this command.Examples
The following example shows that the CAC failure statistics are reset to 0:
clrcacfailcntrsRelated Commands
clrccscnt
To reset the common channel signaling (CCS) counter values for a specified line and DS0, use the clrccscnt command.
clrccscnt <line_number> <ds0_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
After you execute this command, all counters are reset to 0.
This command can be used for troubleshooting purposes.
Examples
The following example shows the CCS counters being reset for DS0 1 on line 1.
clrccscnt 1 1The terminal display does not indicate a response to this command.Related Commands
dspccscnt
Displays the common channel signaling (CCS) counter values for a specified line and DS0.
clrccscnts
To reset the common channel signaling (CCS) counter values for all of the configured CCS channels on the VISM/VISM-PR card, use the clrccscnts command.
clrccscnts
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Command Modes
AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
The command clears the HDLC counters of all the configured CCS channels on the VISM/VISM-PR card.
This commands can be used for troubleshooting purposes.
Examples
The following example shows that the CCS counters being reset for all of the configured CCS channels.
clrccscntsThe terminal display does not indicate a response to this command.Related Commands
clrmngcidcnt
To clear AAL2 channel identifier (CID) counters, use the clrmngcidcnt command.
clrmngcidcnt <endpt_num>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Indicate the endpoint number you want to clear AAL2 counters for with the endpt_num argument value. The terminal display does not indicate a response to this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the AAL2 counters for endpoint number 140 are cleared:
clrmngcidcnt 140Related Commands
dspcid
Displays a VISM card's AAL2 channel identifier.
dspcids
Displays a VISM card's AAL2 channel identifiers for a specified LCN.
clrrtpcnt
To clear the Real-Time Transport Protocol (RTP) counters (statistics) for a specific static RTP connection, as shown by the dsprtpcnt command, use the clrrtpcnt command.
clrrtpcnt <rtp_conn_index>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the RTP counters for static RTP connection number 49 are cleared:
clrrtpcnt 49Related Commands
clrsarcnt
To clear the segmentation and reassembly (SAR) counters on a channel, use the clrsarcnt command.
clrsarcnt <LCN>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Indicate the channel number for which you want to clear SAR counters with an LCN argument value.
Examples
The following example shows that the SAR counters are cleared on channel 140:
clrsarcnt 140Related Commands
clrsarcnts
To clear all segmentation and reassembly (SAR) counters on a VISM card, use the clrsarcnts command.
clrsarcnts
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures when you use this command.
Examples
The following example shows that all SAR counters on the current VISM card are cleared:
clrsarcntsRelated Commands
clrsarmsgcnt
To clear the control message counters from a VISM card, use the clrsarmsgcnt command.
clrsarmsgcnt
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures when you use this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the SAR control message counters are cleared from the current VISM card:
clrsarmsgcntRelated Commands
clrscrn
To clear the control terminal screen, use the clrscrn command.
clrscrn
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
After you execute this command, only the current command line prompt appears on the screen.
Examples
The following example shows that your control terminal screen is cleared, other than the current command line prompt:
clrscrnRelated Commands
There are no related commands.
clrslipcnt
To clear current clock slip counters for a specified VISM line, use the clrslipcnt command.
clrslipcnt <line_number>
Syntax Description
line_number
Line number of the DS1 line for which you want to clear current clock slip counters. Range is 1-8.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the current clock slip counters for line 3 of the VISM card are cleared:
clrslipcnt 3Line 3 Slip Counters: Tx Slip Rx SlipUncontrolled Slip: 0 0Frame Slip: 0 2Related Commands
dspslipcnt
Displays the current clock slip counters for a specified VISM card line.
clrtaskinfo
To reset the values displayed by the dsptaskinfo command, use the clrtaskinfo command.
clrtaskinfo
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
When you execute this command, the values are reset to 0 and the collection of the task information statistics begins again.
Examples
The following example shows that values displayed by the dsptaskinfo command are reset:
clrtaskinfoRelated Commands
cnfaal2subcellmuxing
To enable or disable AAL2 subcell multiplexing, use the cnfaal2subcellmuxing command.
cnfaal2subcellmuxing <muxing status>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
When you enable multiplexing, multiple CPS packets are multiplexed onto a single AAL2 connection without partial fill (unless there is a timeout). When you disable multiplexing, each CPS packet fills one or two cells (with padding).
Note
When the multiplexing type is changed if CIDs are present, the card is reset and existing CIDs/connections are restored with the multiplexing type.
Examples
The following example shows that subcell multiplexing is disabled:
cnfaal2subcellmuxing 2Related Commands
There are no related commands.
cnfaal2timerparams
To configure the holdover time for voice activity detection (VAD) before activating silence suppression on an AAL2 PVC, use the cnfaal2timerparams command.
cnfaal2timerparams <VadTimer> <CidFillTimer>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
If AAL2 subcell multiplexing is disabled with the cnfaal2subcellmuxing command, executing this command produces no affect.
Examples
The following example shows that the VAD holdover timer is set for 500 ms and the wait time for a cell to fill when the next packet is not ready is up to 50 ms:
cnfaal2timerparams 500 50Related Commands
There are no related commands.
cnfaal2transparams
To configure the transportation of dual tone multifrequency (DTMF) and channel associated signaling (CAS) bits to another endpoint and enable or disable type 3 packet triple redundancy feature, use the cnfaal2transparams command.cnfaal2transparams <DtmfRelay> <CasBits> <Type3Redundancy>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
Switched AAL2 SVC and switched AAL2 PVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.
Examples
The following example shows that DTMF tone transportation, CAS bits transportation, and triple redundancy protection are enabled:
cnfaal2transparams 1 1 1Related Commands
There are no related commands.
cnfadapgain
To enable or disable the DSP adaptive gain feature, use the cnfadapgain command.
cnfadapgain <adapgain_flag>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the adaptive gain feature is enabled:
cnfadapgain 1Related Commands
There are no related commands.
cnfaggsvcbw
To aggregate switched virtual connection (SVC) bandwidth, use the cnfaggsvcbw command.
cnfaggsvcbw <aggregateSvcBandwidth>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, and VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
The configured aggregate SVC bandwidth is applicable in only bearer SVC connection admission control (CAC). In addition this bandwidth is used as aggregate SVC traffic clipping bandwidth when aggregate traffic clipping is enabled.
Examples
The following example shows the SVC bandwidth is set to 50 cps:
cnfaggsvcbw 50Related Commands
cnfaissuppression
To enable or disable alarm indication signal (AIS) suppression, use the cnfaissuppression command.
cnfaissuppression <enableFlag>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.
Examples
The following example shows AIS suppression being enabled.
cvgmgx1a.1.12.VISM8.a > cnfaissuppression 1INFORMATION: Successfully Enabled AIS Suppression.If you attempt to enable AIS suppression when it is already enabled, the following message displays:
WARNING: AIS Suppression is already enabled.Related Commands
cnfalm
To configure the alarm parameters for a specified line, use the cnfalm command.
cnfalm -ds1 <LineNum> -red <RedSeverity> -rai <RAISeverity> -neu <NEAlarmUpcount> -ned <NEAlarmDncount> -net <NEAlarmThreshold> -feu <FEAlarmUpcount> -fed <FEAlarmDncount> -fet <FEAlarmThreshold>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.
Examples
The following example shows that line 2 is configured with a red severity alarm of major, and an RAI severity of minor:
cnfalm -ds1 2 -red 1 -rai 1 -neu -ned -net -feu -fed -fetRelated Commands
clralm
Clears alarms from a specific line of a VISM card
clralms
Clears all alarms from a VISM card.
dspalm
Displays the alarms associated with a specified line of a VISM card.
cnfalmcnt
To configure the collection of Time Division Multiplex (TDM) line statistics, use the cnfalmcnt command.
cnfalmcnt -ds1 <LineNum> -sev <StatisticalAlarmSeverity> -lcv15 <lCV15minThreshold> -lcv24 <lCV24hrThreshold> -les15 <lES15minThreshold> -les24 <lES24hrThreshold> -lses15 <lSES15minThreshold> -lses24 <lSES24hrThreshold> -crc15 <cRC15minThreshold> -crc24 <cRC24hrThreshold> -crces15 <cRCES15minThreshold> -crces24 <cRCES24hrThreshold> -crcses15 <cRCSES15minThreshold> -crcses24 <cRCSES24hrThreshold> -sefs15 <sEFS15minThreshold> -sefs24 <sEFS24hrThreshold> -aiss15 <aISS15minThreshold> -aiss24 <aISS24hrThreshold> -uas15 <uAS15minThreshold> -uas24 <uAS24hrThreshold>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Values higher than 2,147,483,647 for the argument values are truncated.
The following line statistics are collected:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Examples
The following example shows that the TDM line statistics for major alarms are collected for line number 7:
cnfalmcnt -ds1 7 -sev 2Related Commands
dspalmcnf
Displays the threshold data about the alarm statistics being collected.
dspalmcnt
Displays the alarm counters and statistics on a line.
cnfannagetime
To configure the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after it is placed into the VISM announcement cache, use the cnfannagetime command.
cnfannagetime <ann_age_time>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
When a nonpermanent announcement enters the announcement cache, it remains valid, as is, until the time you select for the ann_age_time argument value expires. When the time expires, the nonpermanent announcement is refreshed from the announcement file server. Requests to play a nonpermanent announcement do not affect its age time or cause the file to be refreshed.
Examples
The following example shows that nonpermanent announcements are configured to expire two hours after being placed into the VISM announcement cache:
cnfannagetime 120Related Commands
cnfanndn
To designate the announcement file server domain name, use the cnfanndn command.
cnfanndn <ann_server>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
You must add the announcement file server name as a regular node name using the VISM xDNS commands before you use this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the announcement file server is configured with the name announceserver3:
cnfanndn announceserver3Related Commands
cnfannpathprefix
To designate the main prefix directory Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) path from which to retrieve announcement files from the announcement file server, use the cnfannpathprefix command.
cnfannpathprefix <ann_path_pref>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
The prefix directory path is prefixed to the codec directory and the filename. The path prefix is relative to the default TFTP directory on the announcement file server. Examples of valid prefix directory paths are
•
•
•
•
Note
If you do not use this command, the default TFTP directory on the announcement file server is used as the prefix directory path.
You can use any directory or path on the announcement file server as the main directory for storing announcement files. Take into consideration the following guidelines when you use this command:
•
•
•
You must configure codec subdirectories under the main announcement directory on the announcement file server. One or more of the following codec subdirectories, for each encoding, are used for announcement files:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Note
For example, if the announcement server all-lines-busy.au file is encoded in both g711a and g729a, the following path names and files exist on the file server (assuming the default TFTP directory is tftpboot):
•
•
When the call agent requests that the announcement server all-lines-busy.au file be played toward one end of an established call, the VISM determines the codec being used for that call and plays the corresponding announcement file.
When the call agent requests that an announcement be played toward the TDM network on an unconnected endpoint, the codec used is specified by the VISM announcement preferred codec, configured with the cnfannprefcodec command.
You can configure another level of directories to group announcement files by language. Specify these directories by the call agent (or when provisioning the VISM) as part of the announcement file name. For example, the call agent might specify the english/ann1.au announcement file name. If the file is encoded in G.729a and the prefix is /tftpboot, the file is located at /tftpboot/g729_a/english/ann1.au.
Examples
The following example shows that the /cisco/vism_ann path is designated as the prefix directory path from which to retrieve announcement files from the announcement file server:
cnfannpathprefix /cisco/vism_annRelated Commands
cnfannprefcodec
To configure the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected Time Division Multiplex (TDM) endpoints, use the cnfannprefcodec command.
cnfannprefcodec <ann_codec>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
The G.723.1 codecs are supported for VISM-PR cards and are not supported for VISM cards.
Examples
The following example shows that the G.723.1-H codec type is configured for announcements played on unconnected TDM endpoints:
cnfannprefcodec 11Related Commands
cnfannreqtimeout
To configure the expiration time for announcements to begin playing after the VISM receives the announcement signal (request) from the call agent, use the cnfannreqtimeout command.
cnfannreqtimeout <ann_ReqTO>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
If the call agent signals the announcement to be played toward the packet network on a connection that is not in a send mode, the request is deferred until the call agent modifies the connection. Once the connection is placed in send mode, the expiration timer is started.
Examples
The following example shows that announcements must begin playing within 12 seconds after the VISM receives the announcement signal from the call agent, after which time, requests are aborted:
cnfannreqtimeout 12Related Commands
cnfcac
To enable or disable the connection admission control (CAC) feature on a VISM card, use the cnfcac command.
cnfcac <enableFlag>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
If you enable CAC with this command, you can then use the cnfconcac command to enable CAC on PVCs.
Examples
The following example shows that CAC is disabled for the current card:
cnfcac 1Related Commands
cnfcacparams
To configure connection admission control (CAC) features on a card, use the cnfcacparams command.
cnfcacparams <VAD_duty_cycle> <VAD_Tolerance>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.
Examples
The following example shows that VAD is configured for a duty cycle of 50 and a tolerance of 10:
cnfcacparams 50 10Related Commands
cnfcalea
To enable or disable the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act (CALEA) feature on the current VISM card, use the cnfcalea command.
cnfcalea <calea_flag_enable>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
To use the CALEA feature, ensure that you are using the VISM software version that supports CALEA. The CALEA implementation supports the CALEA law intercept confirmation interface.
Examples
The following example shows that the CALEA feature is enabled on the current VISM card:
cnfcalea 1Related Commands
cnfcascode
To configure channel associated signaling (CAS) idle code and seized code parameters for an endpoint, use the cnfcascode command.
cnfcascode <endpt_num> <idle_code> <seized_code> |<endpts_num>|
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
You must add the line associated with the endpt_num argument value before you use this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the idle code is binary 0100 (argument value = 4, so that A = 0, B = 1, C = 0, D = 0), the seized code is binary 1001 (argument value = 9, so that A = 1, B = 0, C = 0, D = 1), for endpoints 1 to 4:
cnfcascode 1 4 9 4Related Commands
There are no related commands.
cnfcasdelaydialtime
To configure the VISM wait time (dial delay) for outpulsing digits to the PBX after sending an off-hook event, use the cnfcasdelaydialtime command. This command applies to the wink start protocol.
cnfcasdelaydialtime <endpt_number> <dial_delay_time>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
You can execute this command if the following conditions are met:
•
•
•
The MIB was chosen as the source in the cnfcasparamsource command.
Examples
The following example shows that endpoint 100 is configured with a dial delay (wait time) of 100 ms:
mgx8850.1.28.VISM8.a> cnfcasdelaydialtime 100 100The terminal display does not indicate a response to this command.
Related Commands
dspcastimers
Displays the currently configured CAS timers for a specified endpoint.
cnfcasdialdelay
To configure the VISM wait time (dial delay) for outpulsing digits to the PBX after sending an off-hook event, use the cnfcasdialdelay command. This command applies to the immediate start protocol.
cnfcasdialdelay <endpt_num> <DialDelayTime>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
You can execute this command if the following conditions are met:
•
•
•
•
Examples
The following example shows that endpoint 100 is configured with a dial delay (wait time) of 50 ms:
cnfcasdialdelay 100 50Related Commands
dspcastimers
Displays the currently configured CAS timers for a specified endpoint.
cnfcasendpt
To associate an endpoint with a channel associated signaling (CAS) variant name, use the cnfcasendpt command.
cnfcasendpt <endpt_number> <casVariantName>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
The endpoint and CAS variant must be previously added before you execute this command.
If a connection does not exist on an endpoint when the endpoint is associated with a CAS variant, use the cnfcasendpt command again to change the CAS variant.
However, if a connection exists on an endpoint, you must delete the endpoint, add the endpoint back, and then execute the cnfcasendpt command to change the CAS variant.
Examples
The following example shows that endpoint number 3 is associated with the q50.o CAS variant:
cnfcasendpt 3 q50.oRelated Commands
There are no related commands.
cnfcasflashtime
To configure the minimum and maximum channel associated signaling (CAS) on-hook time periods for incoming flash hooks on a specified endpoint, use the cnfcasflashtime command.
cnfcasflashtime <endpt_num> <FlashMinTime> <FlashMaxTime>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to allow VISM to distinguish flash hooks from disconnects by configuring the on-hook flash duration.
An on-hook event with a duration that falls in the configured range is interpreted as a flash hook. An on-hook event with a duration shorter than the configured range is ignored. An on-hook event longer than the configured range is interpreted as a disconnect.
Examples
The following example shows that endpoint number 90 is configured with a 400 ms minimum CAS on-hook flash time and a 1000 ms maximum CAS on-hook flash time:
cnfcasflashtime 90 400 1000Related Commands
cnfcasglareattrib
To configure the direction of channel associated signaling (CAS) calls and the glare (dual seizure event) policy for a specified endpoint, use the cnfcasglareattrib command.
cnfcasglareattrib <endpt_num > <cas_direction> |<glare_policy>|
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to assist in controlling TDM glare events. Use the cas_direction argument to allow or disallow glare events. Use the glare_policy argument value to configure the resolution of glare events if you allow them to occur. Resolution of glare events is either to enable VISM to release a call and accept a call from the PBX, or wait for the PBX to release a call and enable VISM to continue with a call.
Examples
The following example shows that endpoint number 136 is configured with the incoming CAS bits flow direction and the controlling glare condition policy:
cnfcasglareattrib 136 2 1Related Commands
cnfcasglaretime
To configure the channel associated signaling (CAS) glare time for an endpoint, use the cnfcasglaretime command.
cnfcasglaretime <endpt_num> <GlareTime>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
A glare condition occurs when two stations attempt to call each other simultaneously. Glare condition resolution involves a terminating VISM, which, upon receiving an off-hook event from the call agent, starts a timer and verifies that the terminating PBX is also attempting an off-hook event. If so, off-hook events from the call agent are ignored for the duration of the timer—the value you indicated with the GlareTime argument value.
To use this command, you must ensure that the endpoint indicated by the endpt_num argument value has been previously added, and that the associated DS0 is configured for CAS.
Note
Examples
The following example shows that endpoint 100 is configured with a CAS glare time value of 50 ms:
cnfcasglaretime 100 50Related Commands
cnfcasguardtime
To configure the channel associated signaling (CAS) guard time for an endpoint, use the cnfcasguardtime command.
cnfcasguardtime <endpt_num> <GuardTime>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Guard time is the minimum duration between the end of one call and the beginning of the next call. When a delete connection (DLCX) command is received from a call agent, VISM starts a timer—set by the value you indicate for the GuardTime argument—and ignores any off-hook events until the timer has expired.
To use this command, you must ensure that the endpoint indicated by the endpt_num argument value has been previously added, and that the associated DS0 is configured for CAS.
Note
Examples
The following example shows that endpoint number 100 is configured with a CAS guard time of 500 ms:
cnfcasguardtime 100 500Related Commands
cnfcasoffhooktime
To configure a minimum presence time, on an endpoint, for a CAS off-hook pattern to be recognized as an off-hook signal, use the cnfcasoffhooktime command.
cnfcasoffhooktime <endpt_num> <OffHookMintime>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must ensure that the endpoint indicated by the endpt_num argument value has been previously added, and that the associated DS0 is configured for CAS.
Note
Examples
The following example shows that endpoint 100 is configured with a CAS off-hook time of 500 ms:
cnfcasoffhooktime 100 500Related Commands
cnfcasonhooktime
To configure a minimum presence time, on an endpoint, for a CAS on-hook pattern to be recognized as an on-hook signal, use the cnfcasonhooktime command.
cnfcasonhooktime <endpt_num> <OnHookMinTime>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must ensure that the endpoint indicated by the endpt_num argument value has been previously added, and that the associated DS0 is configured for CAS.
Note
Examples
The following example shows that endpoint 100 is configured with an on-hook time of 500 ms:
cnfcasonhooktime 100 500Related Commands
cnfcaspackage
To configure the Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP) packages to notify persistent observed channel associated signaling (CAS) events in the context of incoming and outgoing CAS calls on a specified endpoint, use the cnfcaspackage command.
cnfcaspackage <endpt_num> <incoming_package> <outgoing_package>
Syntax Description
endpt_num
Endpoint number which is to be configured with the source location. Ranges are:
•
–
–
–
•
–
–
•
–
–
–
•
–
–
•
–
–
incoming_package
Package name to be used for persistent events observed on an incoming telephony call. Values are
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Note
outgoing_package
Package name to be used for persistent events observed on an outgoing telephony call. Values are
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Note
1 Dial pulse is not supported in VISM.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
This command enables RFC 3064 support.
Examples
The following example shows that the MGCP packages for endpoint number 83 are configured with mgcplin as the MGCP incoming package name and mgcplout as the MGCP outgoing package name:
cnfcaspackage 83 mgcp1in mgcp1outRelated Commands
cnfcasparamsource
To configure channel associated signaling (CAS)-related timer source parameters for an endpoint, use the cnfcasparamsource command.
cnfcasparamsource <endpt_num> <ParamSource>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
You can configure different CAS-related timer values for different endpoints; however, the endpoints must all be associated with the same CAS variant.
To use this command, you must ensure that the endpoint indicated by the endpt_num argument value has been previously added, and that the associated DS0 is configured for CAS.
Examples
The following example shows that endpoint number 100 is configured with CAS-related timer values located in the current VISM card's MIB:
cnfcasparamsource 100 2Related Commands
dspcasparamsource
Displays an endpoint's currently configured CAS-related timer source.
cnfcasstartdialtime
To configure the time when the incoming digits are interpreted as the start dial signal, use the cnfcassstartdialtime command.
cnfcasstartdialtime <endpoint_number> <start_dial_time>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.
Examples
The following example shows that endpoint 100 is configured with a start dial time of 70 ms:
mgx8850.1.28.VISM8.a> cnfcasstartdialtime 100 70Related Commands
dspcastimers
Displays the currently configured CAS timers for a specified endpoint.
cnfcasvar
To configure a previously added channel associated signaling (CAS) variant timing parameters, use the cnfcasvar command.
cnfcasvar <variant_name> <country_code> <Tring> <Tpart> <Tcrit> <TMF>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the var1 CAS variant for the nz country code is configured with a partial timeout of 10 seconds, a critical timing of 10 seconds, and an MF interdigit timeout of 2 seconds:
cnfcasvar var1 nz 10 10 2Related Commands
addcasvar
Adds a CAS variant to a VISM card.
delcasvar
Deletes a CAS variant from a VISM card.
dspcasvar
Displays information about CAS variants for a given variant name.
cnfcaswinktime
To configure the channel associated signaling (CAS) wink time parameters—minimum and maximum make times, and minimum break time—for an endpoint, use the cnfcaswinktime command.
cnfcaswinktime <endpt_num> <WinkMinTime> <WinkMaxTime> <WinkBreakTime>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
A wink is composed of the following sequential events:
1.
2.
3.
The minimum and maximum make times are the minimum and maximum durations that the off-hook pattern persists. The minimum break time is the minimum duration that the on-hook pattern persists following the return to on-hook.
To use this command, you must ensure that the endpoint indicated by the endpt_num argument value has been previously added, and that the associated DS0 is configured for CAS.
Note
Examples
The following example shows that endpoint 100 is configured with a wink time specification of 100 ms for the minimum make time, 1000 ms for the maximum wake time, and 20 ms for the minimum break time:
cnfcaswinktime 100 100 100 20Related Commands
cnfcasxgcp
To configure channel associated signaling (CAS) variant retransmission parameters, use the cnfcasxgcp command.
cnfcasxgcp <variant_name> <rexTime> <initRexmitTime> <retries>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the var1 CAS variant is configured for 100 ms retransmission time, 100 ms initial retransmission time, and up to two retransmission attempts:
cnfcasxgcp var1 100 100 2Related Commands
addcasvar
Adds a CAS variant to a VISM card.
delcasvar
Deletes a CAS variant from a VISM card.
dspcasvar
Displays information about CAS variants for a given variant name.
cnfco1timer
To configure the bearer continuity test CO1 timer value, use the cnfco1timer command.
CO1 is a tone of 2010 Hz. The tone can be requested by the media gateway controller (MGC) or signaled on command by the MGC. The tone is applied for the specified period of time during continuity test.
cnfco1timer timeout
Syntax Description
timeout
Timeout value in the range 0-60 seconds. Default timeout is 3 seconds. A value of zero indicates the time-out period is infinite.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL2 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the bearer continuity test CO1 timer expires at 3 seconds:
cnfco1timer 3Related Commands
dspco1timer
Displays the bearer continuity test CO1 timer value.
dspvismparam
Displays the current VISM card configuration.
cnfco2timer
To configure the bearer continuity test CO2 timer value, use the cnfco2timer command.
COs is a tone of 1780 Hz. The tone can be requested by the media gateway controller (MGC) or signaled on command by the MGC. The tone is applied for the specified period of time during continuity test.
cnfco2timer timeout
Syntax Description
timeout
Timeout value in the range 0-60 seconds. Default timeout is 3 seconds. A value of zero indicates the time-out period is infinite.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL2 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the bearer continuity test CO2 timer expires at 3 seconds:
cnfco2timer 3Related Commands
dspco2timer
Displays the bearer continuity test CO2 timer value.
dspvismparam
Displays the current VISM card configuration.
cnfco4timer
To configure the bearer continuity test CO4 timer value, use the cnfco4timer command.
cnfco4timer <timeout>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL2 SVC
Usage Guidelines
A timer is started when a CO4 or xRBK message is sent. If a CO4 message is not received before the timeout expires, a VISM initiated DLCX message is sent to the call agent.
Examples
The following example shows that the bearer continuity test CO4 timer expires at 10000 ms:
cnfco4timer 10000Related Commands
dspco4timer
Displays the bearer continuity test CO4 timer value.
dspvismparam
Displays the current VISM card configuration.
cnfcodecjtrdelay
To configure the jitter delay mode and initial delay value for a specified codec, use the cnfcodecjtrdelay command.
cnfcodecjtrdelay <codecType> <jitter_mode> <jitter_initdelay>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Cisco recommends that you configure the jitter_initdelay argument to 20 ms when using DSP firmware versions 3.4 and 3.6.
The G.723.1 codecs are supported for VISM-PR cards and are not supported for VISM cards.
Examples
The following example shows that codec G.726-24K is configured with an adaptable jitter mode and an initial jitter delay of 55 ms:
cnfcodecjtrdelay 8 2 55Related Commands
dspcodecjtrdelays
Displays the configured codec jitter delay modes and associated jitter initial delays.
cnfcodecneg
To configure the priority order of the lists of codec list priority order, use the cnfcodecneg command.
cnfcodecneg <codecNegOpt>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Codec lists include the following:
•
•
•
Examples
The following example shows that the LCO list is the first priority, SDP data list is the second, and the list from the local MIB is the last priority:
cnfcodecneg 1Related Commands
cnfcodecparams
To configure codec parameters—codec packetization period, preference, Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) registered codec type and xGCP codec string—for AAL1 and IP calls, use the cnfcodecparams command.
cnfcodecparams <codecType> <pktPeriod> |<codecPreference> <codecString> <ianaCodecNum>|
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
The packetization period parameter is required but the remaining parameters are optional. The parameters of any codec can be configured regardless of whether the current codec template supports that codec.
If you are using template 2, the G.726 and G.729 codec types are ignored and replaced with clear channel.
The G.723.1 codecs are supported for VISM-PR cards and are not supported for VISM cards.
Examples
The following example shows that the codec with identification number 3 is configured with a packetization period of 20 ms, has the highest priority, is not an IANA registered codec, and is represented by the string geeseven:
cnfcodecparams 3 20 1 geeseven 0Related Commands
There are no related commands.
cnfcodectmpl
To assign a codec template to an entire VISM card, use the cnfcodectmpl command.
cnfcodectmpl <template_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
The following list describes the maximum number of channels supported by the different templates:
•
–
–
–
•
–
–
•
–
–
–
•
–
–
•
–
–
Templates define allowable voice encoding types.
The execution of this command requires your confirmation because the card resets.
This command is not allowed if CIDs are present.
The G.723.1 codecs are supported for VISM-PR cards and are not supported for VISM cards.
Examples
The following example shows that template number 1 is assigned to the current VISM card:
cnfcodectmpl 1The card will be reset, do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? YRelated Commands
cnfcompsize
To configure the compression size, use the cnfcompsize command.
cnfcompsize <packetSize>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
AAL1 switching and VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.
The following example shows the compressed packet size as 80 bytes:
cnfcompsize 80The terminal display does not indicate a response to this command.
Related Commands
dspcarddsp
Displays all current card-level parameters for ECAN and voice compression DSPs.
cnfcompvad
To enable or disable voice activity detection (VAD) on a T1 or E1 line, use the cnfcompvad command.
cnfcompvad <line_number> <voiceDetection>
Syntax Description
line_number
Line number of the line on which to configure VAD. Range is 1-8.
voiceDetection
Value to enable or disable VAD.
•
•
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.
Examples
The following example shows that line number 3 does not have VAD enabled:
cnfcompvad 3 2Related Commands
There are no related commands.
cnfcon
To configure a connection between a VISM card and an MGX 8000 Series platform PXM card, use the cnfcon command.
cnfcon <LCN> <PCR> <service_type> |<SCR_ingress> <MBS_ingress>|
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.
Examples
The following example shows that an LCN 160 connection is configured as CBR, with a peak cell rate of 20000 cps, a sustained cell rate of 5000 cps, and a maximum burst rate of 10000 cps:
cnfcon 160 20000 1 5000 10000Related Commands
cnfconcac
To configure connection admission control (CAC) on a previously added connection, use the cnfconcac command.
cnfconcac <LCN> <mastership>
Syntax Description
LCN
Logical channel number (LCN) of the connection. Range is 131-510.
mastership
Connection type. Values are
•
•
Command Modes
AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Before using this command, enable CAC at the card level by executing the cnfcac command. If the PVC has been configured as master, CAC functionality is applied to the master end of the PVC only.
Examples
The following example shows that CAC is configured at the master end of LCN 131:
cnfconcac 131 1Related Commands
cnfcac
Enables or disables the CAC feature on a VISM card.
dspconcac
Displays CAC configuration data for a connection.
cnfconcacparams
To configure connection admission control (CAC) features on a PVC, use the cnfconcacparams command.
cnfconcacparams <LCN> <VADTolerance> <VADDutyCycle>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.
Examples
The following example shows that VAD is configured on LCN 150 with a VAD tolerance of 10 and a VAD duty cycle of 61:
cnfconcacparams 150 10 61Related Commands
cnfconprotect
To configure protection on a PVC, use the cnfconprotect command.
cnfconprotect <LCN> <protection> <lock_state> <fallback_LCN>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Before using this command, add the primary and secondary PVCs by executing the addcon command. Ensure that both channels have the same peak cell rate (PCR) argument value.
Protect the primary channel using the cnfconprotect command and configure the secondary (fallback) LCN.
The primary channel can be locked, so it is inoperative and forces a switchover to the secondary channel. If the primary channel is locked and the secondary channel fails, the connection fails.
If the primary PVC is protected, automatic switchover to a specified secondary PVC occurs if a primary PVC fails.
A protected channel cannot be deleted. To delete the channel, use the cnfconprotect command to make the primary channel unprotected, delete the secondary channel, and then delete the primary channel.
Examples
The following example shows that LCN 132 is protected and unlocked, and LCN 217 is the secondary (fallback) LCN:
cnfconprotect 132 1 1 217Related Commands
There are no related commands.
cnfconvbdpol
To configure the voice band data (VBD) policies for fax/modem upspeed connection admission control (CAC) failure and fax/modem carrier loss for calls added to a particular IP or AAL2 LCN, use the cnfconvbdpol command.
cnfconvbdpol <LCN> <CarrierLossPol> <CACRejPol>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
If you select 3 (unspecified) for the CarrierLossPol or CACRejPol argument values, the card level default are used.
Examples
The following example shows that LCN 131 is configured with a carrier loss policy of 1 (if carrier is lost, the LCN reverts to the previous codec) and a CAC rejection policy of 2 (the LCN connection is maintained):
cnfconvbdpol 131 1 2Related Commands
cnfconcacpol
Configures the policies for fax/modem upspeed CAC failure and fax/modem carrier loss for calls added to a particular IP or AAL2 LCN.
cnfconvcci
To associate a virtual circuit connection identifier (VCCI) and a remote address with an LCN, use the cnfconvcci command.
cnfconvcci <lcn> <vcci> <farend_addr_type> |<farend_addr>|
Syntax Description
Command Modes
Switched AAL2 PVC
Usage Guidelines
The VCCI number does not need to be unique for the not applicable (1) address type, and the far end address is not used.
The combination of VCCI number and far end address must be unique for the following address types:
•
•
•
The VCCI number must be unique for the unspecified (5) address type, even though the far end address is not used.
Examples
The following example shows that LCN 133 is associated with a VCCI of 133 with an NSAP address:
cnfconvcci 131 133 2Related Commands
dspcon
Displays the parameters for a specified LCN.
dspvccis
Displays the associated values for the LCN, VCCI, address type, and address.
cnfdeftos
To configure the type of service (ToS) parameters for both control and bearer IP packets, use the cnfdeftos command.
cnfdeftos <control_precedence> <control_tos> |<bearer_precedence> <bearer_tos>|
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
The ToS bearer parameters—configured with the bearer_precedence and bearer_tos arguments—are used during call setup in cases where the parameters are not supplied by the call agent. If you do not use this command, the card level default values are applied.
Examples
The following example shows that bearer IP packets are configured with a control precedence of 3 and a control ToS of 2, and the control IP packets are configured with a bearer precedence of 2 and a bearer ToS of 4:
cnfdeftos 3 2 2 4Related Commands
There are no related commands.
cnfdisctimers
To specify the wait delay times for the disconnected procedure, restart in progress command—initial, minimum, and maximum timer values—use the cnfdisctimers command.
cnfdisctimers <TdInit> <TdMin> <TdMax>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Before you can use this command, execute the cnfmgcgrpprotocol command and select the disconnect type method for Restart in Progress.
Examples
The following example shows that an initial disconnect waiting time of 30 seconds, a minimum disconnect waiting time of 0 seconds, and a maximum disconnect waiting time of 120 seconds is configured for the current VISM card:
cnfdisctimers 30 0 120Related Commands
cnfdn
To configure the resolution type of a specified domain name, use the cnfdn command.
cnfdn <mg_domain_num> <Resolution_Type>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the domain name represented by domain number 2 is configured for external-only resolution type:
cnfdn 2 2Related Commands
cnfdnssrvr
To designate a domain name as a domain name server (DNS), use the cnfdnssrvr command.
cnfdnssrvr <extDnsSrvrDn>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
You must configure the Resolution_Type for internal-only resolution using the adddn command. Provision at least one IP address for the domain name using the adddnip command.
Examples
The following example shows that the callagent99 domain name is configured as the DNS:
adddn 1 callagent99 1adddnip 1 callagent99 209.165.200.224cnfdnssrvr callagent99Related Commands
cnfds0execdiag
To configure testing on an individual endpoint, use the cnfds0execdiag command.
cnfds0execdiag <line_number> <ds0_number> <execdiag>
Syntax Description
line_number
Line number. Range is 1-8.
ds0_number
DS0 number.
•
•
execdiag
Value to enable testing on a DS0.
•
•
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that testing is enabled on DS0 1 on line 1.
cnfds0execdiag 1 1 1Related Commands
cnfds0gain
To configure the adjustable gain for a specified DS0, use the cnfds0gain command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.
cnfds0gain <line_number> <ds0_number> <input_gain> <output_attenuation>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the VISM card line number 2, DS0 number 13, is configured with a -10 dB input gain value and a 60 dB output attenuation value:
cnfds0gain 2 13 -10 60Related Commands
cnfds0localcas
To configure a local channel associated signaling (CAS) 4-bit pattern for a T1 line and DS0, use the cnfds0localcas command.
cnfds0localcas <line_number> <ds0_number> <cas_value> <cas_bit_pattern>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
If a DS0 is configured for local CAS, the framer forces the CAS bits to a value defined by the cas_bit_pattern argument in this command.
This command is not allowed if any of the following conditions are present:
•
•
•
Note
Examples
The following example shows that T1 line 2, DS0 number 12 is configured with a local 4-bit pattern represented by a value of 3 (0011 in binary):
cnfds0localcas 2 12 1 3Related Commands
dspds0localcasstatus
Displays the currently configured local CAS status for a line and DS0.
cnfds0loop
To configure a loopback type for a specified line and DS0, use the cnfds0loop command.
cnfds0loop <line_number> <ds0_number> <lineloopback_type>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the loopback type of line 2, DS0 12 is configured as remote:
cnfds0loop 2 12 2Related Commands
There are no related commands.
cnfds0musicthreshold
To configure the music on-hold threshold for a specified DS0, use the cnfds0musicthreshold command.
cnfds0musicthreshold <line_number> <ds0_number> <mthreshold>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the VISM card line number 2, DS0 number 30 is configured with a -45 dB music on-hold threshold value:
cnfds0musicthreshold 2 30 -45Related Commands
cnfds0sidpacket
To enable or disable the generation of the silence indication detection (SID) packet when silence suppression is in active mode on the DS0, use the cnfds0sidpacket command.
cnfds0sidpacket <line_number> <ds0_number> <sidpacket>
Syntax Description
line_number
Line number. Range is 1-8.
ds0_number
DS0 number.
•
•
sidpacket
Value to enable the SID packet.
•
•
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP Trunking/AAL2 Trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows the SID enabled on DS0 1 on line 1:
cnfds0sidpacket 1 1 1Related Commands
cnfdspheartbeattimer
To configure the DSP to send a heartbeat message within a given period of time, use the cnfdspheartbeattimer command.
cnfdspheartbeattimer <Heart_beat_interval>
Syntax Description
Heart_beat_interval
Timeout value. Values are 0 and 100-65535. Default is 0 which means that the heartbeat timer is disabled.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP Trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows the heartbeat interval as 0 (disabled).
cnfdspheartbeattimer 0Related Commands
cnfdynamicpayload
To enable or disable the dynamic payload on the current VISM card, use the cnfdynamicpayload command.
cnfdynamicpayload dynamic_payload
Syntax Description
dynamic_payload
Value to enable or disable dynamic payload on the current VISM card.
•
•
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 Switching, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
When dynamic payload is enabled, the session description protocol (SDP) payload type is negotiated in the range from 96 to 127 during codec negotiation.
The payload type specified in the addrtpcon, cnfrtpcon, or cnfvbdcode command is passed to the digital signal processor (DSP) to modify its static payload types. When dynamic payload is disabled, the DSP uses the static payload type values for the codec.
Examples
The following example configures the dynamic payload feature on the current VISM card:
cnfdynamicpayload 1Related Commands
cnfecanenable
To enable or disable echo cancellation on a line, use the cnfecanenable command.
cnfecanenable <lineNum> <ECANEnable>
Syntax Description
lineNum
Line number of the line you want to enable or disable echo cancellation. Range is 1-8.
ECANEnable
Value to enable or disable echo cancellation.
•
•
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP Trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that echo cancellation is enabled on line 2 of the current VISM card:
cnfecanenable 2 2Related Commands
cnfecanrec
To configure residual echo control for digital signal processors (DSPs) on a VISM card line that is used for echo cancellation, use the cnfecanrec command.
cnfecanrec <lineNum> <residualEchoControl>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP Trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
This command applies to DSPs processing data on a specified line.
Examples
The following example shows that line 1 of the current VISM card is configured with comfort noise residual echo control:
cnfecanrec 1 4Related Commands
cnfecantail
To configure the maximum tail length for digital signal processors (DSPs) on a VISM card that is used for echo cancellation, use the cnfecantail command.
cnfecantail <lineNum> <maximumTail>
Syntax Description
lineNum
Line number to configure maximum echo cancellation tail length. Range is 1-8.
maximumTail
Maximum tail length (defined in milliseconds). Values are
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP Trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
This command applies to DSPs processing data on a specified line.
Examples
The following example shows that line 3 of the current VISM card is configured with a maximum ECAN tail length of 96 ms:
cnfecantail 3 96Related Commands
cnfendptcadence
To configure cadence (digit tone) times for an endpoint, use the cnfendptcadence command.
cnfendptcadence <endptNum> <cadon> <cadoff>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP Trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that endpoint 20 is configured with 100 ms digit tone generation time length and 100 ms silence time length between generated tones:
cnfendptcadence 20 100 100Related Commands
There are no related commands.
cnfendptdnsend
To configure the audit endpoint response to include the endpoint domain name and to set the maximum datagram size, use the cnfendptdnsend command.
cnfendptdnsend <dn_enable> <datagram_size>
Syntax Description
dn_enable
Value to include the endpoint name.
•
•
datagram_size
Maximum datagram size. Range is 0-20000.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example configures the response to the audit endpoint includes the endpoint name, and the maximum datagram size is 4095.
cnfendptdnsend 1 4095Related Commands
dspendptdnsend
Displays the audit endpoint response naming format and maximum datagram size.
cnferl
To configure a digital signal processor (DSP) return echo loss value, use the cnferl command.
cnferl <DB_loss>
Syntax Description
DB_loss
Echo return loss to be applied by echo cancellation DSPs. Values are
•
•
•
•
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP Trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.
Examples
The following example shows that a -6 dB echo return loss value is configured for the current VISM cards echo cancellation DSP:
cnferl 3Related Commands
There are no related commands.
cnfexecdiag
To configure all channel level testing, use the cnfexecdiag command.
cnfexecdiag <execdiag>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows enabling all channel level testing.
cnfexecdiag 1Related Commands
cnfgain
To configure the adjustable gain for a VISM card, use the cnfgain command.
cnfgain <input_gain> <output_attenuation>
Syntax Description
input_gain
Input gain (defined in decibels). Range is -6 to 14.
output_attenuation
Output attenuation (defined in decibels). Range is 0 -14.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
This command allows you to configure the gain for an entire VISM card. The values you configure with this command are permanent and remain on the VISM card after any resets.
Examples
The following example shows that the current VISM card is configured with a -10-dB input gain value and a 6 dB output attenuation value:
cnfgain -10 6Related Commands
cnfgwis
To configure an out-of-service VISM card to the in-service state, use the cnfgwis command.
cnfgwis
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
This command causes an RSIP notification to be sent to the call agent.
Examples
The following example shows that the current VISM card is configured to the in-service state:
cnfgwisThe VISM card prompt terminates with an a to indicate the in-service state:
NODENAME.1.9.VISM8.aRelated Commands
cnfgwoos
To configure an in-service VISM card to the out-of-service state, use the cnfgwoos command.
cnfgwoos <shutdown_method>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Associated call agents are notified of VISM card state changes with an RSIP notification.
Examples
The following example shows that the current VISM card is placed in the out-of-service state forcefully:
cnfgwoos 2The VISM card prompt terminates with an s to indicate the out-of-service (standby) state:
NODENAME.1.9.VISM8.sRelated Commands
cnfgwis
Configures an out-of-service VISM card to the in-service state.
dspgwstate
Displays the current user-configured service states of the gateway.
cnfjtrinitdelay
To configure the initial jitter buffer delay size, use the cnfjtrinitdelay command.
cnfjtrinitdelay <jtr_initdelay>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Determine the current jitter delay mode you configured with the cnfjtrmode command. If the mode is set to fixed (set by the command) the jitter buffer size is fixed at the value you indicate for the jjtr_initdelay argument for the duration of the call.
If the mode is set to adaptive, the jitter buffer size is set initially to the value you indicate for the jtr_initdelay argument and the digital signal processor (DSP) adapts the jitter buffer size to an optimal size.
Changing the jtr_initdelay argument value does not affect existing channel identifiers (CIDs). The new value is sent to the DSPs only when CIDs are open.
Table 7-11 lists the default codec type initial delay values in milliseconds.
Table 7-11 Codec Type Default Values
G.711u
Fixed
100
G.711a
Fixed
100
G.726-32K
Adaptive
60
G.729a
Adaptive
60
G.729ab
Adaptive
60
Clear channel
Fixed
100
G.726-16K
Adaptive
60
G.726-24K
Adaptive
60
G.726-40K
Adaptive
60
G.723.1-H1
Adaptive
60
G.723.1a-H 1
Adaptive
60
G.723.1-L 1
Adaptive
60
G.723.1a-L 1
Adaptive
60
Lossless
Fixed
16
1 The G.723.1 codecs are supported only for VISM-PR cards.
Examples
The following example shows that the jitter buffer size is set to 70 milliseconds:
cnfjtrinitdelay 70Related Commands
cnfjtrmode
To configure the jitter algorithm with a fixed or adaptive buffer, use the cnfjtrmode command.
cnfjtrmode <jtr_mode>
Syntax Description
jtr_mode
Jitter delay mode. Values are
•
•
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Changing the jtr_mode argument value does not affect any existing CIDs. The value is sent to the DSPs only when CIDs are open.
Examples
The following example shows that the jitter delay mode is set to adaptive:
cnfjtrmode 2Related Commands
cnflapdretrans
To configure a maximum number of frame retransmissions for a previously added Link Access Protocol D channel (LAPD), use the cnflapdretrans command.
cnflapdretrans <line_number> <ds0_number> <N200>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that line 2, DS0 12, is configured with a maximum number of 10 frame retransmission attempts:
cnflapdretrans 2 12 10Related Commands
cnflapdtimer
To configure two LAPD timers for a previously added Link Access Protocol D channel (LAPD), use the cnflapdtimer command.
cnflapdtimer <line_number> <ds0_number> <timer_T200> <timer_T203>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI command procedures.
Examples
The following example shows that line 2, DS0 12, is configured with 10000 ms between frame transmission initiations (timer T200) and 20000 ms as a maximum time allowed without a frame being exchanged (timer T203):
cnflapdtimer 2 12 10000 20000Related Commands
cnflapdtrunkpvc
To assign the permanent virtual circuit (PVC) trunk type that carries Link Access Protocol D channel (LAPD) messages for the current VISM card, use the cnflapdtrunkpvc command.
cnflapdtrunkpvc <Lapd_Trunk_PVC_Type>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the current VISM card is assigned the control PVC trunk type to carry LAPD messages:
cnflapdtrunkpvc 1Related Commands
cnflapdtype
To configure the various types of Link Access Protocol D channel (LAPD) stacks for a previously added LAPD, use the cnflapdtype command.
cnflapdtype <line_number> <ds0_number> <lapd_type>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that line 2, DS0 12 is configured with the AUSP LAPD stack type:
cnflapdtype 2 12 12Related Commands
cnflapdwinsize
To configure a maximum number of outstanding (unacknowledged) I-frames, use the cnflapdwinsize command.
cnflapdwinsize <line_number> <ds0_number> <window_size>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that line 2, DS0 12 is configured with an LAPD window size of 10—a maximum number of 10 I-frames can be accumulated before sending an acknowledgment:
cnflapdwinsize 2 12 10Related Commands
cnflinesabyte
To configure the SA bytes on a line, use the cnflinesabyte command in any of the operating modes.
The SA-byte is used to insert SA-bits (bits SA4-SA8) into a timeslot. The SA-bits are additional spare bits that can be used for synchronization.
cnflinesabyte <line_number> <sa_byte> <sa_value>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows configuring SA buffers on line 1 and displaying the results.
cvgmgx1a.1.20.VISM8.a > cnflinesabyte 1 3 0Related Commands
cnfln
To configure characteristics for a VISM card line, use the cnfln command.
cnfln <line_number> <line_code> <line_len> <clk_src> <line_type> <loop_detection> |<circuit_identifier>|
Syntax Description
line_number
Line number with which to configure characteristics. Range is 1-8.
line_code
Line coding method. Values are
•
•
•
line_len
Line length. Values are
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
clk_src
Clock source. Values are
•
•
Note
line_type
Line type. Values are
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
loop_detection
Loopback code detection. Values are
•
•
|circuit_identifier|
(Optional) Name of the circuit in ASCII format. Range is 1-64 characters.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Before using the cnfln command, you must add the line indicated by the line_number argument value with the addln command. You must include all argument values when using this command; however, the line_number and clk_src arguments are the only relevant arguments for configuring the clocking source on your VISM cards.
Examples
The following example shows that line 2 is configured with HDB3 coding, SMB E1 back card line length, loop clocking, E1 line type, and loopback detection disabled:
cnfln 2 3 8 1 3 1Related Commands
addln
Adds a T1 or E1 line to a VISM card.
delln
Deletes a DS1 line on a VISM card.
dspln
Displays the characteristics of a specified VISM card line.
cnflndigitorder
To assign the order in which automatic number identification (ANI) digits—the caller's number—and dialed number identification service (DNIS) digits—the called number—are dialed during an outgoing Feature Group D (FGD) call on the endpoints of a specified VISM card line, use the cnflndigitorder command.
cnflndigitorder <line_number> <line_digit_order>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
The ANI and DNIS digits are sent as part of the MGCP setup message.
Examples
The following example shows that the line number 7 is assigned a digit order of DNIS digits first, followed by ANI digits, for digits dialed during an outgoing FGD call:
cnflndigitorder 7 2Related Commands
cnflnexecdiag
To configure channel level testing on an individual line, use the cnflnexecdiag command.
cnflnexecdiag <line_number> <execdiag>
Syntax Description
line_number
Line number in the range 1-8.
execdiag
Value to enable channel level testing on the line.
•
•
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows channel level testing enabled on line 1.
cnflnexecdiag 1 1Related Commands
cnflngain
To configure the adjustable gain for all DS0s on a specified VISM card line, use the cnflngain (configure line gain) command.
cnflngain <line_number> <input_gain> <output_attenuation>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the VISM card line number 2 is configured with a -10 dB input gain value and a 6 dB output attenuation value:
cnfgain 2 -10 6Related Commands
cnflnis
To configure an out-of-service VISM card line to the in-service state, use the cnflnis command.
cnflnis <line_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
The configured in-service state is not maintained after a VISM card reboot. If you reboot a VISM card previously configured to the in-service state with this command, you must use this command again to configure the associated lines back to the in-service state, as needed.
Examples
The following example shows that line 2 is configured with the in-service state:
cnflnis 2Related Commands
cnflnmusicthreshold
To configure the music on-hold threshold for all DS0s on a specified line, use the cnflnmusicthreshold command.
cnflnmusicthreshold <line_number> <mthreshold>
Syntax Description
line_number
Line number for which you want to configure the music on-hold threshold. Range is 1-8.
mthreshold
Music on-hold threshold (defined in decibels). Range is -70 to -30.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the line number 3 DS0s are configured with -45 dB music on-hold threshold:
cnflnmusicthreshold 3 -45Related Commands
cnflnoos
To configure an in-service VISM card line to the out-of-service state, use the cnflnoos command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.
cnflnoos <line_number> <shutdown_method>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
The configured in-service state is not maintained after a VISM card reboot. If you reboot a VISM card previously configured to the out-of-service state with this command, you must use this command again to configure the associated lines back to the out-of-service state, as needed.
Examples
The following example shows that line 3 is configured to the out-of-service state gracefully:
cnflnoos 3 3Related Commands
cnflnringback
To configure the ringback tone method for a specified line on the current VISM card, use the cnflnringback command.
cnflnringback <line_number> <ring_back_method>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
The ringback method is used when a call agent requests the terminating VISM to play the ringback tone remotely (toward the packet network).
Examples
The following example shows that the current VISM card line 4 is configured with the inband ringback tone method:
cnflnringback 4 2Related Commands
cnflnsidpacket
To enable or disable the generation of the silence indication detection (SID) packet when silence suppression is in active mode on the line, use the cnflnsidpacket command.
cnflnsidpacket <line_number> <sidpacket>
Syntax Description
line_number
Line number in the range 1-8.
sidpacket
Value to enable the SID packet.
•
•
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows the SID packet is enabled on line 1.
cnflnsidpacket 1 1Related Commands
cnflnsig
To configure the signaling mode for a VISM card line, use the cnflnsig command.
cnflnsig <line_number> <signaling_type>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
You are required to confirm your entry when using this command to ensure that the signaling type is not changed while endpoints are configured for the line indicated by the line_number argument.
This command is not allowed when CIDs or CCS channels are present.
You must configure the line type as either E1MF or E1MFCRC for E1 lines; otherwise, this command is invalid and does not process.
Examples
The following example shows that line 3 is configured for CCS:
cnflnsig 3 2Related Commands
cnflntoneplan
To assign a built-in or provisional tone plan to a specified VISM card line, use the cnflntoneplan command.
cnflntoneplan <line_number> <tone_plan_region> <tone_plan_version>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
If you are assigning a provisional tone plan to a VISM card line, you must use the addtoneplan command before you use this command. The command allows you to assign a new tone plan (overwrite a previous configuration) to a VISM card line.
Examples
The following example shows that the VISM card line 2 is assigned the tone plan identified by tone plan region sing_3 and tone plan version 2:
cnflntoneplan 2 sing_3 2Related Commands
cnflntonetimeout
To modify the timeout periods of call progress tones supported by VISM on a specified line, use the cnflntonetimeout command.
cnflntonetimeout <line_number> <ring_remRBack_TO> <local_RBack_TO> <busy_tone_TO> <reorder_tone_TO> <dial_tone_TO> <stutter_dial_tone_TO> <offhook_tone_TO>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
You can configure timeout periods of the following tones:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Note
Examples
The following example shows that the VISM card line number 7 is configured with a 200-second remote ringback tone timeout period, a 180-second local ringback tone timeout period, a 210-second busy tone timeout period, a 400-second reorder tone timeout period, a 1000-second dial tone timeout period, a 2000-second stutter dial tone timeout period, and a 500-second offhook tone timeout period:
cnflntonetimeout 7 200 180 210 400 1000 2000 500Related Commands
cnflntrunkcond
To enable or disable trunk conditioning on a VISM card line if a network alarm is encountered, use the cnflntrunkcond command.
cnflntrunkcond <line_number> <trunkCondType>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Trunk conditioning consists of sending 0x7f or 0xff on the affected DS0s for T1 or E1 respectively.
For T1, the idle code pattern is transmitted for 2 to 5 seconds followed by the seized code pattern, as specified in the cnfcascode command.
This command is not allowed if endpoints or CCS channels are enabled on the line.
Examples
The following example shows that line 2 is configured with line conditioning if an AAL2 alarm is encountered:
cnflntrunkcond 2 1Related Commands
cnflongdurationtimer
To configure the long duration timer, use the cnflongdurationtimer command.
The long duration is the elapse time, in hours, to indicate a connection has been established for a given period of time.
cnflongdurationtimer <timeout>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows the long duration timer configured to 1 hour.
cnflongdurationtimer 1Related Commands
cnfmaxconfnum
To configure the maximum number of concurrent three-way conferences that the VISM/VISM-PR card to support, use the cnfmaxconfnum command.
cnfmaxconfnum <num>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the VISM/VISM-PR card does not support three-way conferences.
cnfmaxconfnum 0Related Commands
cnfmgcgrpentry
To modify the call agent priority level of a call agent within a call agent redundancy group, use the cnfmgcgrpentry command.
cnfmgcgrpentry <Red_Group_Num> <mgcRedGrpMgcNum> <mgcRedGrpPref>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the call agent redundancy group number 1, call agent number 2, is configured with a priority level of 4:
cnfmgcgrpentry 1 2 4Related Commands
cnfmgcgrpparam
To modify a call agent redundancy group state change notification policy and priority level, use the cnfmgcgrpparam command.
cnfmgcgrpparam <Red_Group_Num> <mgcRedGrpStateChgNtfy> |<mgcRedGrpPriority>|
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that call agent redundancy group number 1 is associated with the call agent and is assigned a priority level of 5:
cnfmgcgrpparam 1 1 5Related Commands
cnfmgcgrpprotocol
To configure a call agent redundancy group protocol for a previously configured redundancy group, use the cnfmgcgrpprotocol command.
cnfmgcgrpprotocol <Red_Group_Num> <protocol_number> |<Qrntn_Persist> <Qrntn_Def> <Sign_OnOff> <Prov_Resp> <RspAck_Attr> <Disc_Proc> <Cancel_Graceful>|
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to change the protocol for a redundancy group that has previously been assigned a protocol with the addmgcgrpprotocol command.
Examples
The following example shows that redundancy group number 7 is assigned the SRCP 1.0.2 protocol, and quarantines persistent events with the loop, process handling method. All optional arguments are enabled.
cnfmgcgrpprotocol 7 3 1 3 1 1 1 1 1Related Commands
cnfmidcalltimers
To configure the midcall dual tone multifrequency (DTMF) feature partial and critical timers for a specified VISM card line, use the cnfmidcalltimers command.
cnfmidcalltimers <line_number> <DTMF_Partial_Timer> <DTMF_Critical_Timer>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Use this command for CAS and non-CAS endpoints when you want to use midcall DTMF digit reporting.
When you use this command, the partial digit timer starts when the first digit is entered, and restarts when each new digit is entered until a digit map match or mismatch occurs.
When you use a digit map, the critical digit timer starts when the last digit is received—when no more digits are required for a digit map match. When the time expires, the digit map match is assumed to be complete. When you are not using a digit map, the critical digit timer starts immediately (and not restarted) and is cancelled as soon as a digit is entered.
Examples
The following example shows that the current VISM card line number 3 is configured with a 20-second partial digit timer and a 4-second critical digit timer for midcall DTMF digit reporting:
cnfmidcalltimers 3 20 4Related Commands
dspmidcalltimers
Displays the configured partial and critical timer values for midcall DTMF digit reporting.
cnfmusicthreshold
To configure the music on-hold threshold value for the current VISM card, use the cnfmusicthreshold command.
cnfmusicthreshold <mthreshold>
Syntax Description
mthreshold
Music on-hold threshold (defined in decibels). It can be in the range from -70 to -30 dB.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
This command allows you to adjust the threshold level detected by DSPs to interpret TDM side silence or voice.
Examples
The following example shows that the current VISM card is configured with a -45-dB music on-hold threshold value:
cnfmusicthreshold -45Related Commands
cnfnwcot
To configure VISM for a gateway-initiated network continuity test, use the cnfnwcot command.
cnfnwcot <nwCotEnable>
Syntax Description
nwCotEnable
Value to enable or disable the VISM-initiated CO3 network continuity test.
•
•
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
This command configures VISM for gateway-initiated network continuity testing. When enabled, and after VISM receives the remote SDP information, VISM sends an Named Signaling Event (NSE) or AAL2 type 3 packet (CO3) towards the network. If the other gateway does not respond with a NSE/Type 3 packet (CO4), the connection is deleted. VISM interprets that the gateway initiated DLCX, with a reason code of "Network cont. failed," is sent to the call agent.
Examples
The following example shows that VISM is configured for a gateway-initiated network continuity test:
cnfnwcot 1Related Commands
cnfoamloopcnt
To configure the threshold for the number of consecutive OAM end-to-end loopback response cells that must be lost before a PVC is placed into alarm due to a OAM end-to-end loopback failure, use the cnfoamloopcnt command.
cnfoamloopcnt <count>
Syntax Description
count
Number of consecutive OAM loopback response cells that must be lost before an OAM loopback failure causes a PVC to go into alarm. Range is 1-60. Default is 5.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows the OAM loop count configured to 60.
cnfoamloopcnt 60Related Commands
dspoamloopcnt
Displays the number of OAM loopback cells before an OAM loopback failure causes the PVC to go into alarm.
cnfoamparams
To configure the transmitted and received permanent virtual circuit (PVC) Operations, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM) cell parameters, use the cnfoamparams command.
cnfoamparams <oam_cell_gap> <retry_cnt> <recover_cnt>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the transmitted and received OAM parameters are configured with a 20 ms intercell gap, 3 cell retry count, and a 5-cell recovery indication cell count:
cnfdpvcoamparams 20 3 5Related Commands
cnfplayouttimestamp
To enable or disable the playout timestamp, use the cnfplayouttimestamp command.
cnfplayouttimestamp <codecType> <timestamp> <jitter_initdelay>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the G.729a codec is enabled for playout timestamp with a jitter delay of 20 ms.
cnfplayouttimestamp 4 2 20Related Commands
There are no related commands.
cnfpncon
To set priority routing for a specified connection, use the cnfpncon command.
cnfpncon <LCN> <rout_priority>
Syntax Description
LCN
Logical channel number (LCN). Range is 131-510.
rout_priority
Route priority. Range from 1 (highest) to 15 (lowest). Default is 8.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
The Private Network-to-Network Interface (PNNI) routing priority feature requires you to use a PXM1E or PXM45 in your MGX 8000 Series switch chassis.
Examples
The following example shows that the priority routing for connection 145 is set to the lowest priority:
cnfpncon 145 15Related Commands
cnfprofelemvbd
To configure the voiceband data (VBD) profile element for a profile, use the cnfprofelemvbd command.
cnfprofelemvbd <profileType> <profileNumber> <codecType> <pktPeriod>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Use the dspaal2profile command to identify valid combinations of codec type, packetization period, and silence insertion descriptor.
The G.723.1 codecs are supported for VISM-PR cards and are not supported for VISM cards.
Examples
The following example shows that the ITU profile type, profile number 1 is configured with G.711a codec type and a 5-ms packetization period:
cnfprofelemvbd 1 1 2 5Related Commands
cnfprofelemvoice
To configure the profile voice element, use the cnfprofelemvoice command.
cnfprofelemvoice <profileType> <profileNumber> <voice_codec_type> <pktPeriod> <sid>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
Switched AAL2 PVC
Usage Guidelines
Use the dspaal2profile command to identify valid combinations of codec type, packetization period, and SID.
The G.723.1 codecs are supported for VISM-PR cards and are not supported for VISM cards.
Examples
The following example shows that the ITU profile type on profile number 1 is configured with the G.711a codec type, a packetization period of 5 ms, and VAD enabled:
cnfprofelemvoice 1 1 2 5 2Related Commands
cnfprofneg
To configure the profile list priority order, use the cnfprofneg command.
cnfprofneg <profileNegotiationOption>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
Switched AAL2 SVC, AAL2 PVC
Usage Guidelines
This command determines which list to use for determining the relative profile preferences.
Examples
The following example shows that the codec list priority configuration uses the LCO list first, the remote SDP data list second, and the local MIB last:
cnfprofneg 1Related Commands
cnfprofparams
To configure a profile preference, use the cnfprofparams command.
cnfprofparams <profileType> <profileNumber> <profilePreference>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
AAL2 trunking and switched AAL2 PVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the ITU profile type, profile number 1 is configured with the midrange preference level of 4:
cnfprofparams 1 1 4Related Commands
cnfrsvp
To configure Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) for a specified connection, use the cnfrsvp command.
cnfrsvp <LCN> <rsvp_status>
Syntax Description
LCN
Logical channel number. Range is 131-510.
rsvp_status
Value to enable or disable RSVP.
•
•
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that RSVP is enabled for LCN 146:
cnfrsvp 146 1Related Commands
cnfrsvprefreshmiss
To configure the number of times VISM waits for a missed Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) minimum refresh message—a path or reservation message—(this is in addition to the time configured for minimum refreshes) for a specified connection, use the cnfrsvprefreshmiss command.
cnfrsvprefreshmiss <LCN> <rsvp_miss_count>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
VISM expects refresh messages at regular intervals, which are passed to VISM from the Routing Processor Module (RPM).
If no refresh messages are sent to the VISM, VISM deletes the soft-state for the corresponding connection. However, you can use this command to extend the wait time by configuring the number of wait times VISM allows before tearing down a connection.
Examples
The following example shows that LCN 142 is configured to wait for 7 refresh time frames before allowing a connection to be torn down:
cnfrsvprefreshmiss 142 7Related Commands
cnfrtcprepint
To configure the Real Time Control Protocol (RTCP) report interval for a VISM card, use the cnfrtcprepint command.
cnfrtcprepint <report_interval> |<recv_multiplr>|
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the RTCP report packet interval is configured at 1000 ms:
cnfrtcprepint 1000Related Commands
cnfrtpcon
To modify an existing static Real-Time Transport Protocol (RTP) VoIP trunking connection, use the cnfrtpcon command.
cnfrtpcon <rtp_conn_index> <voice_codec_type> <conn_mode> |<voice_packet_period> <bearer_prec> <bearer_tos> <VAD_OnOff> <VAD_Timer> <ecan> <CAS_transport> <DTMF_Transport> <ICS> <payload>|
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
The G.723.1 codecs are supported for VISM-PR cards and are not supported for VISM cards.
Examples
The following example shows that the RTP trunking connection 26 is configured (modified) with G.726/32 codec type. VISM is also configured to send and receive packets and has a 20-ms packetization period, a bearer precedence of 3, a bearer ToS of 1, with VAD enabled, and a 400-ms VAD holdover time. The ECAN, CAS, DTMF tone transport, idle code suppression for CID, and redundancy are enabled. Also, the 255 payload type is configured:
cnfrtpcon 26 3 3 20 3 1 1 400 1 1 1 1 1 255Related Commands
cnfrtprxtimer
To enable or disable the receipt of Real-Time Transport Protocol (RTP) messages on a VISM card, use the cnfrtprxtimer command.
cnfrtprxtimer <rx_timer>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
If you enable the receipt of RTP messages (rx_timer = 2) and no RTP messages are received on a particular connection for 5 seconds, the gateway initiates a connection deletion. You cannot configure the 5-second time limit.
Examples
The following example shows that the receipt of RTP messages is enabled for the current VISM card:
cnfrtprxtimer 2Related Commands
There are no related commands.
cnfrudptrunkrmtip
To modify the remote IP address of VISM used in the ISDN PRI backhaul Reliable User Datagram Protocol (RUDP) trunk for a specified session, use the cnfrudptrunkrmtip command.
cnfrudptrunkrmtip <session_number> <Remote_Gw_IP>
Syntax Description
session_number
ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session. Range is 1-64.
Remote_Gw_IP
IP address in dotted decimal format (nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn) of the remote VISM card.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the remote IP address, 209.165.200.224, of VISM used in RUDP is modified to session number 22:
cnfrudptrunkrmtip 22 209.165.200.224Related Commands
cnfseqtonedet
To change the default settings of a sequential tone, enter the cnfseqtonedet command.
cnfseqtonedet <numfreq> <eventid> <tonedur> <tonegap> <durdev> <maxgap> <gapdev> <freqdev> |<maxpwr> <minpwr>| <freq1>,[<freq2>, <freq3>... <freq10>]
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Note
Examples
The following example shows a sequential tone that is configured with different values than the defaults.:
cnfseqtonedet 3 74 330 10 20 150 200 40 3 40 950 1400 1800 280 280 280 280 280 280 280Related Commands
cnfsesack
To configure the timeout period before sending an acknowledgment, and the maximum number of acknowledgments that can be accumulated, use the cnfsesack command.
cnfsesack <session_num> <acknowledgement_timeout> <acknowledgement>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Use this command for a previously added PRI backhaul session.
Examples
The following example shows that session 2 is configured with an acknowledgment period of 500 ms and the maximum number of accumulated acknowledgments can be 10:
cnfsesack 2 500 10Related Commands
cnfsesmaxreset
To configure the maximum number of resets that a VISM card performs before a connection is reset, use the cnfsesmaxreset command.
cnfsesmaxreset <session_number> <resets>
Syntax Description
session_number
Identifying session number in the range 1-64.
resets
Maximum number of resets that the VISM card performs before a connection is reset. Range is 0-255. Default is 5.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Use this command for a previously added PRI backhaul session.
Examples
The following example shows that 25 is the maximum number of resets configured for session number 2:
cnfsesmaxreset 2 25Related Commands
cnfsesmaxseg
To configure the maximum segment size, in octets, that can be received by a VISM card after sending a synchronize message, use the cnfsesmaxseg command.
cnfsesmaxseg <session_number> <segment_size>
Syntax Description
session_number
Identifying session number in the range 1-64.
segment_size
Maximum segment size, in octets, that can be received by a VISM card after sending a synchronize message. Range is 30-65535.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Use this command for a previously added PRI backhaul session.
Examples
The following example shows that a maximum 1000-octet segment size is configured for session number 2:
cnfsesmaxseg 2 1000Related Commands
cnfsesmaxwindow
To configure the maximum number of segments (window) that can be sent before receiving an acknowledgment, use the cnfsesmaxwindow command.
cnfsesmaxwindow <session_number> <window_size>
Syntax Description
session_number
Identifying session number in the range 1-64.
window_size
Maximum number of segments that can be sent before receiving an acknowledgment. Range is 1-64.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Use this command for a previously added PRI backhaul session.
Examples
The following example shows that a maximum number of 44 segments can be sent for session number 2 before receiving an acknowledgment:
cnfsesmaxwindow 2 44Related Commands
cnfsesnullsegtmout
To configure the timeout period, in milliseconds, of idle time before a null segment is sent, use the cnfsesnullsegtmout command.
cnfsesnullsegtmout <session_number> <timeout>
Syntax Description
session_number
Identifying session number in the range 1-64.
timeout
Timeout period (defined in milliseconds) of idle time before a null segment is sent. Range is 0-65535 ms. Default is 2000 ms.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Use this command for a previously added PRI backhaul session.
Examples
The following example shows that the idle timeout period is configured at 1000 ms for session number 2:
cnfsesnullsegtmout 2 1000Related Commands
cnfsesoutofseq
To configure the maximum number of out-of-sequence packets that can be accumulated before sending an EACK packet, use the cnfsesoutofseq command.
cnfsesoutofseq <session_number> <packets>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Use this command for a previously added PRI backhaul session.
Examples
The following example shows that a maximum of 10 out-of-sequence packets can be accumulated before an EACK packet is transmitted for session number 2:
cnfsesoutofseq 2 10Related Commands
cnfsesport
To configure the port numbers of a previously added PRI backhaul session, use the cnfsesport command.
cnfsesport <session_number> <local_port> <remote_port>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that session number 4 is configured with local (VISM) port number 1200 and remote (call agent) port number 1204:
cnfsesport 4 1200 1204Related Commands
cnfsesretrans
To configure the timeout period for unacknowledged packets and number of retransmissions, use the cnfsesretrans command.
cnfsesretrans <session_number> <retransmit_timeout> <max_retransmits>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Use this command for a previously added PRI backhaul session.
When the maximum retransmissions have been made and there is still no acknowledgment, the session is considered failed.
Examples
The following example shows that session number 2 is configured with a timeout period for unacknowledged packets of 1000 ms and a maximum number of retransmission attempts of 20:
cnfsesretrans 2 1000 20Related Commands
cnfsesstatetmout
To configure the number of milliseconds that VISM waits for a transfer state before executing an auto reset, use the cnfsesstatetmout command.
cnfsesstatetmout <session_number> <timeout>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Use this command for a previously added PRI backhaul session.
Examples
The following example shows that session number 2 is configured with a 500-ms transfer state timeout:
cnfsesstatetmout 2 500Related Commands
cnfsessyncatmps
To configure the maximum number of attempts to synchronize with the call agent, use the cnfsessyncatmps command.
cnfsessyncatmps <session_number> <sync_attempts>
Syntax Description
session-num
Identifying session number in the range 1-64.
max-sync-attempts
Maximum number of attempts to synchronize with the call agent. Range is 1-32. Default is 5.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Use this command for a previously added PRI backhaul session.
Examples
The following example shows that session number 2 is configured with a maximum of 5 synchronization attempts with the call agent:
cnfsessyncatmps 2 5Related Commands
cnfsidpacket
To enable or disable the generation of the silence indication detection (SID) packet when silence suppression is in active mode on all of the lines, use the cnfsidpacket command.
cnfsidpacket <sidpacket>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows the SID packet is enabled.
cnfsidpacket 1Related Commands
cnfsrcppeer
To configure the port for the call agent configured with the Simple Resource Control Protocol (SRCP)—when SRCP is the selected protocol for communication between the VISM card and call agent, use the cnfsrcppeer command.
cnfsrcppeer <peerId> <port>
Syntax Description
peerId
Peer (call agent) identification number. Range is 1-8.
port
User Datagram Protocol (UDP) port number. Range is 1025-65535.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
If you do not use this command, the default MGCP/SGCP port number, 2428, is used for the port argument value.
Examples
The following example shows that peer identification number 2 is configured with UDP port number 1160:
cnfsrcppeer 2 1160Related Commands
cnfsrcppeergrpparam
To modify the Simple Resource Control Protocol (SRCP) heartbeat interval and maximum User Datagram Protocol (UDP) size for a specified call agent redundancy group, use the cnfsrcppeergrpparam command.
cnfsrcppeergrpparam <Red_Group_Num> <Heart_geat_interval> <max_pdu>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that call agent redundancy group number 3 is configured with a 250-ms SRCP heartbeat interval and 50000-byte maximum UDP size:
cnfsrcppeergrpparam 3 250 50000Related Commands
cnfsrcpretry
To configure the VISM card level Simple Resource Control Protocol (SRCP) retry count, minimum timeout, and maximum timeout, use the cnfsrcpretry command.
cnfsrcpretry <minTimeout> <retryCount> <maxTimeout>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
If you assign a value to the maxTimeout argument, VISM exponentially increases the timeout value between the minimum and maximum timeouts. If you do not assign a maximum timeout, the maxTimeout argument value is set equal to the minTimeout argument value, which disables the exponential back off.
Examples
The following example shows that the current VISM card is configured with a 100-ms minimum SRCP timeout period, a maximum of 5 SRCP retry attempts, and 1000-ms maximum SRCP timeout period:
cnfsrcpretry 100 5 1000Related Commands
dspsrcpretry
Displays the VISM card level SRCP retry parameters—retry count, minimum timeout, and maximum timeout.
cnfsvcaal2cid
To configure the AAL2 channel ID (CID) value used in a single AAL2 switched virtual connection (SVC), use the cnfsvcaal2cid command.
cnfsvcaal2cid <cid_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
Switched AAL2 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows the single AAL2 SVC CID is configured for the recommended value of 100.
cnfsvcaal2cid 100Related Commands
cnfsvcqosparam
To configure ATM Quality of Service (QoS) parameters, use the cnfsvcqosparam command.
cnfsvcqosparam <cdv> <ctd> <clr>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, and VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.
Examples
The following example shows setting the default QoS parameters: CDV is 20000 micro-seconds; CTD is 150000; CLR is 8.
cnfsvcqosparam 20000 150000 8Related Commands
cnfsvctrfscalingfactor
To configure the traffic scaling factor for voice service, use the cnfsvctrfscalingfactor command.
cnfsvctrfscalingfactor <traffic-scaling-factor>
Syntax Description
traffic-scaling-factor
Factor used to compute bandwidth to establish voice ATM service. Range is 50-200.
Command Modes
Switched AAL2 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.
Examples
The following example shows the bandwidth factor is 50.
cnfsvctrfscalingfactor 50Related Commands
cnft38fxlco
To configure the fax handling instructions for a specified line, use the cnft38fxlco command.
cnft38fxlco <line_number> <Fx_LCO>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the fax preamble response configured for line number 4 is first the fax pass-through and then VISM controlled T.38:
cnft38fxlco 4 3Related Commands
cnft38nsetimeout
To configure a specified line with a length of time in which to wait for a remote acknowledgment of the offer to switch to fax transfer mode, use the cnft38nsetimeout command.
cnft38nsetimeout <line_number> <NSE_Ack_Timer>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that line number 2 is configured with an NSE acknowledgment timeout value of 600 ms:
cnft38nsetimeout 2 600Related Commands
cnft38params
To configure the T.38 fax transfer parameters for a specified line, use the cnft38params command.
cnft38params <line_number> <Max_Xmit_Rate> |<Data_Pkt_size> <LS_Data_Redundancy> <HS_Data_Redundancy> <TCF_Method> <NSF_Override> <NSF_Country_Code> <NSF_Vendor_Code> <T30_ECM>|
Syntax Description
|
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the T.38 fax transfer parameters for a line number 2 are configured with a maximum fax transmission rate of 7200 bps, a primary high-speed data packet size of 20 ms, a low-speed packet transmission redundancy of 3, a high-speed packet transmission redundancy of 0, the network TCF verification method, NFS code VISM override enabled, a country code of 500, a vendor code of 4000, and a UDP error correction enabled:
cnft38params 2 3 20 3 0 2 1 500 4000 1Related Commands
cnftftpdn
To select the Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) domain name, use the cnftftpdn command.
cnftftpdn <domain_name>
Syntax Description
domain_name
TFTP domain name that is a text string of 1-64 alphanumeric characters.
To un-configure TFTP Domain, set domain_name to 'TFTPDOMAIN.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
The domain name must have been added to the MGC table using the adddn command. When selected as a TFTP server, the domain name cannot be used as the call agent domain name.
Examples
The following example shows that the configured TFTP domain name is south:
cnftftpdn southRelated Commands
There are no related commands.
cnftranscotmode
To configure the continuity test (COT) tone that VISM applies toward the TDM side, use the cnftranscotmode command. This command changes the COT mode to be in reverse.
cnftranscotmode <transcotmode>
Syntax Description
transcotmode
Continuity test tone.
•
•
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows the COT tone configured as the default (1780 Hz). This tone disables the reverse transponder COT.
cnftranscotmode 2Related Commands
cnftrfaggclip
To enable aggregate traffic clipping, use the cnftrfaggclip command. When traffic clipping is enabled, the VISM/VISM-PR card can discard cells which are exceeding the card aggregate bandwidth.
cnftrfaggclip <aggregate-traffic-clipping>
Syntax Description
aggregate-traffic-clipping
Value to enable aggregate traffic clipping on the VISM card.
•
•
Command Modes
AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, and VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.
Examples
The following example shows aggregate traffic clipping is enabled.
cnftrfaggclip 2If aggregate traffic clipping is already enabled, the following message appears after you execute the command:
Card aggregate traffic clipping is already Enabled.Related Commands
There are no related commands.
cnfvbdcodec
To configure voiceband data (VBD) upspeed codec on the current VISM card, use the cnfvbdcodec command.
cnfvbdcodec <upspeedCodec> |<payload>|
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
VISM uses the configured codec even if, for example, the configured codec is G.726-32k and VISM is preconfigured with G.711. In this case, an actual downspeed would be performed.
If you configure clear channel, VISM does support a mixed system clock—VISM cannot be originated at a T1 line and terminated at an E1 line, or originated at an E1 line and terminated at a T1 line.
When VISM is configured with clear channel, the codec is not used in the fax/modem upspeed session because VISM cannot detect any tones using clear channel.
AAL2 modes obtain the upspeed codec from the AAL2 profile table. AAL1 does not support compression and therefore does not require upspeed.
The G.723.1 codecs are supported for VISM-PR cards and are not supported for VISM cards.
Note
Examples
The following example shows that the VBD upspeed codec is configured as G.711u and the 255 payload type:
cnfvbdcodec 1 255Related Commands
cnfvbdmarconi
To configure voiceband data (VBD) upspeed upon detection of dual tone, use the cnfvbdvarconi command. The pair of dual tone detected are 2130 Hz and 2750 Hz.
The upspeed codec used is specified by dspvbdcodec command.
cnfvbdmarconi <enableflag>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows VBD upspeed is configured upon detection of a dual tone.
cnfvbdmarconi 1Related Commands
dspvbdmarconi
Displays whether or not VBD upspeed is configured upon detection of a dual tone.
cnfvbdpol
To configure VISM card level voiceband data (VBD) policies—fax/modem carrier loss and fax/modem upspeed connection admission control (CAC) failure—use the cnfvbdpol command.
cnfvbdpol <sysCarrLossPol> <sysCacRejPol>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the current VISM card reverts to the previous codec for fax/modem carrier loss events and maintains the connection during upspeed CAC failure events:
cnfvbdpol 1 2Related Commands
dspvbdpol
Displays the current VISM card level policies for fax/modem upspeed CAC failure and fax/modem carrier loss for call events.
cnfvismdn
To configure the current VISM card domain name, use the cnfvismdn command.
cnfvismdn <domain_name>
Syntax Description
domain_name
Current VISM card domain name, which is a text string 1-64 alphanumeric characters. Default is cisco.com.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Ensure that you configure the same domain name for the VSC as you do for the VISM card.
The domain name you configure is used when you create an endpoint identification number for each endpoint on a VISM card. The endpoint identification number is used to address SGCP/MGCP commands to a specific endpoint.
If you do not use this command, the default domain name is used.
Examples
The following example shows that the current VISM card is configured with the domain name north:
cnfvismdn northRelated Commands
cnfvismip
Configures the current VISM card IP address.
dspvismdn
Displays the domain name of the current VISM card.
cnfvismip
To configure the current VISM card control IP address and subnet mask, and optionally, the bearer IP address and subnet mask, use the cnfvismip command.
cnfvismip <vismIpAddr> <netMask> |vismBearerIpAddr> <bearerNetMask>|
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
You must configure the control IP address with this command before adding endpoints.
The VISM card control IP address is used to communicate with the VSC and as an identification for VoIP endpoints.
The configured VISM card IP address and subnet mask values are stored on the MGX 8000 Series platform PXM card hard disk and retrieved for subsequent configuration commands.
If you do not specify a bearer IP address and subnet mask, the control IP address and subnet mask are used as both control and bearer.
Examples
The following example shows that the current VISM card is configured with control IP address 209.165.200.224 and subnet mask 255.255.255.248:
cnfvismip 209.165.200.224 255.255.255.248Related Commands
cnfvismmode
To configure the initial operating mode for a VISM card, use the cnfvismmode command.
cnfvismmode <mode_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Before using this command, delete all connections, ports, and resource partitions (if any).
Existing configurations on a VISM card are cleared when you use this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the current VISM card is configured for the VoIP switching/VoIP trunking operating mode:
cnfvismmode 1Related Commands
There are no related commands.
cnfvoiptimerparam
To configure the holdover time for voice activity detection (VAD) before silence compression is activated, use the cnfvoiptimerparam command.
cnfvoiptimerparam <Vad_Timer>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the VAD holdover timer is configured for 360 ms:
cnfvoiptimerparam 360Related Commands
cnfvoiptransparams
Configures the VoIP transportation parameters.
dspvoipparams
Displays the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode parameters.
cnfvoiptransparams
To configure the VoIP transportation parameters—enable dual tone multifrequency (DTMF) and channel associated signaling (CAS) bits transportation to the other endpoint, configure the Named Signaling Event (NSE) triple redundancy feature for NSE packets, and optionally configure the event negotiation policy and silence insertion descriptor (SID) payload type—use the cnfvoiptransparams command.
cnfvoiptransparams <DtmfRelay> <CasBits> |<EventNego> <EventNegoPolicy> <SIDPayloadType>|
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that DTMF and CAS bit transportation are enabled and the NSE redundancy feature is not enabled:
cnfvoiptransparams 1 1 2Related Commands
cnfvoiptimerparam
Configures the holdover time for VAD before silence compression is activated.
dspvoipparams
Displays the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode parameters.
cnfxgcpbt
To configure a default bearer type—if one is not specified by the call agent by the xGCP local connection options—for the current VISM card, use the cnfxgcpbt command.
cnfxgcpbt <networkType> <vcType> |<connType>|
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
If the default bearer types (network, VC, or connection) are specified as part of the local connection options, those types take precedence over the types specified in this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the current VISM card is configured for the IP network type and for PVC:
cnfxgcpbt 1 1 3Related Commands
dspxgcpbt
Displays the default network, VC, and connection types configured for the current VISM card.
cnfxgcpinteropsdpost
To enable or disable the Session Descriptor Protocol (SDP) OST interoperability in the call control protocol, use the cnfxgcpinteropsdpost command.
cnfxgcpinteropsdpost <sdpostFlag>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
When a CRCX or MDCX command is received from the call agent, VISM can respond by building SDP OST (O =, S =, and T = lines).
If a peer gateway does not support SDP OST, this command can be used to prevent VISM from building SDP OST lines.
Examples
The following example shows that SDP OST interoperability is disabled:
cnfxgcpinteropsdpost 2Related Commands
cnfxgcpmwd
To configure the maximum waiting delay (MWD) value used for sending a Restart in Progress (RSIP) message to the call agent, use the cnfxgcpmwd command.
cnfxgcpmwd <timeout value>
Syntax Description
timeout value
Maximum wait delay time (defined in milliseconds) to send an RSIP message to the call agent. Range is 0-600000 ms. Default is 10000 ms.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to limit the number of RSIP messages sent to the call agent when an MGX 8000 Series platform configured with multiple VISM cards is started or reset. Each VISM card waits a random amount of time (up to a maximum specified by this command) before sending an RSIP message.
Examples
The following example shows that the maximum waiting delay time to send RSIP messages to the call agent is 300 ms:
cnfxgcpmwd 300Related Commands
dspxgcpcnf
Displays previously configured SGCP/MGCP timeout and retry count values.
cnfxgcppeer
To configure the User Datagram Protocol (UDP) port number used to send gateway-initiated messages to the call agent, use the cnfxgcppeer command.
cnfxgcppeer <mgcNumber> <protocolNumber> <UDP_port>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that call agent 1 is configured with protocol number 3 and remote UDP port number 1168:
cnfxgcppeer 1 3 1168Related Commands
cnfxgcpretry
To configure VISM minimum and maximum request timeouts and retransmission attempts for communication with the associated call agent, use the cnfxgcpretry command.
cnfxgcpretry <minTimeout> <retryCount> <maxTimeout>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
If you indicate a value for the maxTimeout argument, VISM exponentially increases the timeout value between the minimum and maximum timeouts. If a maximum value is not specified, the maxTimeout value is set equal to the minTimeout value, which disables the exponential backoff.
Examples
The following example shows that VISM will wait a minimum time of 1000 ms and a maximum time of 2000 ms for an acknowledgment message from the call agent, and three call agent retransmission attempts will occur before VISM is determined to be unreachable:
cnfxgcpretry 1000 3 2000Related Commands
delannalldynamic
To delete all announcement files and their associated codec types from the temporary announcement files saved in the VISM card, use the delannalldynamic command.
delannalldynamic
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
This command does not report an error if no announcement files are found.
Examples
The following example shows that all announcement files and their associated codec types are deleted from the temporary announcement files currently saved in the VISM card:
delannalldynamicRelated Commands
delanndynamic
To delete an announcement file and associated codec type from the temporary announcement files currently saved in the VISM card, use the delanndynamic command.
delanndynamic <ann_file> <ann_codec>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
This command does not report an error if the requested file identified by the ann_file argument is not found.
The G.723.1 codecs are supported for VISM-PR cards and are not supported for VISM cards.
Examples
The following example shows that the zero1 announcement file and its associated codec type of G.726-40K is deleted from the temporary announcement files currently saved in the VISM card:
delanndynamic zero1 9Related Commands
delannpermanent
To delete a permanent announcement file and its associated codec type from the announcement file server, use the delannpermanent command.
delannpermanent <ann_index>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Use the dspannpermanents command to display a list of available permanent announcement server file names.
Examples
The following example shows that the permanent announcement server file and its associated codec type identified by the announcement server file identification index number 19 is deleted from the announcement file server:
delannpermanent 19Related Commands
delcasvar
To delete a channel associated signaling (CAS) variant, use the delcasvar command.
delcasvar <variant_name>
Syntax Description
variant_name
Name of the CAS variant you want to delete. Range is a text string of 1-64 alphanumeric characters.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the CAS variant identified by the name var1 is deleted:
delcasvar var1Related Commands
addcasvar
Adds a CAS variant to a VISM card.
cnfcasvar
Configures the CAS variant timing parameters.
dspcasvar
Displays information about CAS variants for a given variant name.
delccs
To delete the association between a common channel signaling (CCS) DS0 channel and the corresponding virtual channel, use the delccs command.
delccs <line_number> <ds0_number>
Syntax Description
line_number
Line number of the channel in the range 1-8.
ds0_number
DS0 number of the channel. Ranges are
•
•
Command Modes
AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
The original association is configured with the addccs command.
Examples
The following example shows that the CCS channel on line 2, DS0 12 is deleted:
delccs 2 12Related Commands
There are no related commands.
delcid
To delete the association between an endpoint and an LCN/CID pair, use the delcid command.
delcid <LCN> <cidNum>
Syntax Description
LCN
Logical channel number of the LCN/CID pair. Range is 131-510.
cidNum
Channel identification number of the LCN/CID pair. Range is 8-255.
Command Modes
AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the endpoint association for LCN 140 and CID 12 is deleted:
delcid 140 12Related Commands
addcid
Adds an AAL2 CID on a VISM card.
dspcid
Displays the data of an AAL2 CID on a VISM card.
dsplncids
Displays the CID, endpoint, and AAL2 data for a specified line.
delcon
To delete a PVC between a VISM card and an MGX 8000 Series shelf PXM card, use the delcon command.
delcon <LCN>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
You cannot delete a connection if it is protected or if CIDs are present.
Examples
The following example shows that the PVC connection for LCN 140 is deleted:
delcon 140Related Commands
delconloop
To delete a local loopback state on a connection to the cellbus, use the delconloop command.
delconloop <LCN>
Syntax Description
LCN
Logical channel number of the connection from which you want to delete the local loopback state. Range is 131-510.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the local loopback state is deleted from LCN 140:
delconloop 140Related Commands
deldn
To delete a domain name, use the deldn command.
deldn <mg_domain_num>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
If the domain name you want to delete is the last entry in the domain table and if the domain name exists in the list of call agents that VISM maintains (as displayed by the dspmgcs command), deletion is not allowed.
You must manually delete all statistically provisioned IP addresses for the domain name before you can delete the domain name.
Do not delete a domain name if it is used as one of the following:
•
•
•
•
Examples
The following example shows that the domain name represented by domain name number 11 is deleted:
deldn 11Related Commands
deldnip
To delete a statistically provisioned IP address of a domain name, use the deldnip command.
deldnip <Resolution_Index>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
You cannot delete IP addresses that use external resolution of the domain name. You should not delete the last IP address of a given domain name if it is used as one of the following:
•
•
•
•
Examples
The following example shows that the IP address associated with the resolution number 46 is deleted from a domain name:
deldnip 46Related Commands
deldualtonedet
To remove a dual frequency tone, use the deldualtonedet command.
deldualtonedet <vismConfigToneDetectNum>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Note
Examples
The following example shows that the dual frequency tone 1 is deleted.
deldualtonedet 1For more information on the dual tones default values, see "Default Values" section on page 1-16 of Chapter 1, "New Features in Release 3.2."
Related Commands
adddualtonedet
Adds a dual frequency tone.
dspdualtonedet
Displays a dual tone configuration.
delendpt
To delete a specified endpoint on a VISM card line, use the delendpt command.
delendpt <endpt_num>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
An endpoint cannot be deleted if CIDs are present.
This command results in a graceful transition to out of service and an RSIP to be sent to each associated call agent indicating the endpoint out-of-service state.
Examples
The following example shows that endpoint number 120 is deleted:
delendpt 120Related Commands
addendpt
Adds an endpoint on a VISM card.
dspendpt
Displays data about a specified endpoint on a VISM card.
dspendpts
Displays information about all endpoints on a VISM card.
delendptloop
To take an endpoint out of the loopback condition, use the delendptloop command.
delendptloop <endpt_num>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the loopback state is deleted from endpoint number 120:
delendptloop 120Related Commands
delendpts
To delete a range of consecutive endpoints on a VISM card, use the delendpts command.
delendpts <endpt_num> <endpts_num>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
This command results in a graceful transition to the out-of-service state for each deleted endpoint and an RSIP to be sent to each associated call agent indicating the out-of-service state of the endpoints.
If the specified range of endpoints to be deleted contains gaps, the gaps are not counted. For example, if the current endpoints are 3, 4, 7, 8, 9 10, 11,12 and the command specifies a start at 4 and a number of 5, the endpoints deleted are 4, 7, 8, 9, and 10.
Examples
The following example shows that 10 endpoints are deleted, starting with endpoint number 120:
delendpts 120 10Related Commands
addendpt
Adds an endpoint on a VISM card.
dspendpt
Displays data about a specified endpoint on a VISM card.
dspendpts
Displays data about all endpoints on a VISM card.
dellapd
To delete an Link Access Protocol D channel (LAPD), use the dellapd command.
dellapd <line_number> <ds0_number>
Syntax Description
line_number
Line number of the channel from which to delete an LAPD. Range is 1-8.
ds0_number
DS0 number of the channel from which to delete an LAPD. Ranges are
•
•
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the D channel for line number 2, DS0 number 14 is deleted:
dellapd 2 14Related Commands
addlapd
Adds an LAPD from a specified DS0 to a VISM card.
dsplapd
Displays data about an LAPD.
dsplapds
Displays data about all LAPDs.
dellapdtrunk
To delete a Link Access Protocol D channel (LAPD) configured line, use the dellapdtrunk command.
dellapdtrunk <Line_Num>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
You must use the dellapd command to delete the corresponding LAPD channel before you can delete the LAPD trunk.
Examples
The following example shows that the LAPD configured line, line number 7, is deleted:
dellapdtrunk 7Related Commands
delln
To delete a DS1 line on a VISM card, use the delln command.
delln <line_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
You must delete endpoints and CCS channels from the line before the line can be deleted.
Examples
The following example shows that line number 4 is deleted:
delln 4Related Commands
dellnloop
To delete the T1 or E1 local line loopback state for a VISM card, use the dellnloop command.
dellnloop <line_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the local loopback for line 6 is deleted:
dellnloop 6Related Commands
dellntoneplan
To delete a built-in or provisional tone plan configuration from a specified VISM card line, use the dellntoneplan command.
dellntoneplan <line_number>
Syntax Description
line_number
Line number of the channel for which you want to delete the configured tone plan. Range is 1-8.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the tone plan configuration for line number 5 is deleted:
dellntoneplan 5Related Commands
delmgc
To delete a call agent from a VISM card's list of configured call agents, use the delmgc command.
delmgc <mgcNum>
Syntax Description
mgcNum
Number by which the call agent is identified, as displayed by the dspmgcs command. Range is 1-8.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the call agent identified by the number 3 is deleted:
delmgc 3Related Commands
cnfmgcgrpparam
Modifies a call agent redundancy group state change notification policy and priority level.
dspmgcs
Displays configuration data on all configured call agents.
delmgcgrpentry
To delete a call agent from a call agent redundancy group, use the delmgcgrentry command.
delmgcgrpentry <Red_Group_Num> <mgcRedGrpMgcNum>
Syntax Description
Red_Group_Num
Call agent redundancy group number. Range is 1-8.
mgcRedGrpMgcNum
Call agent identification number. Range is 1-8.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
The last call agent within a call agent redundancy group cannot be deleted if there are protocols associated with the call agent redundancy group.
A call agent redundancy group is deleted when the last call agent has been deleted from a group.
Use the dspmgcgrpparams CLI to verify your configuration.
Examples
The following example shows that call agent number 2 is deleted from call agent redundancy group number 1:
delmgcgrpentry 1 2Related Commands
delmgcgrpprotocol
To delete a Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP) from a specified call agent redundancy group, use the delmgcgrpprotocol command.
delmgcgrpprotocol <Red_Group_Num> <protocol_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that protocol number 2 is deleted from call agent redundancy group number 3:
delmgcgrpprotocol 3 2Related Commands
delport
To delete the VISM port on the packet network side, use the delport command.
delport
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
You should execute this command before you remove the VISM card.
Caution
When you use this command, the entry with the following port numbers is deleted in the following manner:
•
•
Examples
The following example shows that the VISM port on the packet network side is deleted:
delportRelated Commands
dspport
Displays data about the virtual port that was created using the addport command.
delrscprtn
To delete a resource partition which was created by the addrscprtn command, use the delrscprtn command.
delrscprtn
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the current resource partition is deleted:
delrscprtnRelated Commands
addrscprtn
Adds a resource partition for a virtual port.
dspsrcppeers
Displays the peer configuration data for all known SRCP peers (call agents).
delrtpcon
To delete a static Real-Time Transport Protocol (RTP) VoIP trunking connection, use the delrtpcon command.
delrtpcon <rtp_conn_index>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the static RTP connection number 200 is deleted:
delrtpcon 200Related Commands
delrudptrunk
To delete an ISDN PRI backhaul Reliable User Datagram Protocol (RUDP) session that is associated with a Link Access Protocol D channel (LAPD), use the delrudptrunk command.
delrudptrunk <session_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
You must use the dellapdtrunk command to delete the LAPD trunk before you delete the RUDP trunk.
Examples
The following example shows that the ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session number 51, which is associated with an LAPD, is deleted:
delrudptrunk 51Related Commands
delses
To delete a PRI backhaul session, use the delses command.
delses <session_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that session number 3 is deleted:
delses 3Related Commands
delsesgrp
To delete a PRI backhaul session group, use the delsesgrp command.
delsesgrp <group_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
You must delete all sessions in the session group before you use this command to delete the session group.
Examples
The following example shows that session group number 2 is deleted:
delsesgrp 2Related Commands
delsesset
To delete a PRI backhaul session set, use the delsesset command.
delsesset <set_number>
Syntax Description
set_number
Identifying session set number. Range is 1-16.
Note
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
You must delete all session groups in the session set before you use this command to delete the session set.
Examples
The following example shows that session set number 1 is deleted:
delsesset 1Related Commands
deltoneplan
To delete a provisional tone plan from the system, use the deltoneplan command.
deltoneplan <tone_plan_region> <tone_plan_version>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
If the tone plan you want to delete is assigned to a VISM card line, you cannot delete the tone plan. Use the dellntoneplan command to remove a tone plan assignment from a VISM card line.
This command does not delete the tone plan file from the TFTP server, which allows you to use the addtoneplan command to add the tone plan back into the system, as needed.
Note
Examples
The following example shows that the tone plan identified by the tone plan region name singapore and tone plan version number 11 is deleted from the current VISM card:
deltoneplan singapore 11Related Commands
delxgcpcon
To delete an xGCP connection specified by the xGCP connection identification number, use the delxgcpcon command.
delxgcpcon <connId>
Syntax Description
connId
Connection identification number. Value is 4 bytes binary (in hex) up to 8 hexadecimal characters. Range is 0-9, A-F.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the connection represented by the hexadecimal connection identification number B is configured for gateway-initiated DLCX commands:
delxgcpcon bRelated Commands
delxgcppersistevt
To delete a persistent xGCP event, use the delxgcppersistevt command.
delxgcppersistevt <index>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the persistent xGCP event represented by event number 1 is deleted:
delxgcppersistevt 1Related Commands
dncon
To configure a specified connection down, preventing traffic from being passed to the specified connection, use the dncon command.
dncon <LCN>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
If you use this command and the previous channel state is active (up), a connection down trap is sent.
Examples
The following example shows that connection 188 is configured to be administratively down and no traffic is passed to it:
dncon 188Related Commands
dspcon
Displays the parameters for a specified channel.
upcon
Configures a specified connection up, allowing traffic to be passed to the specified connection.
dspaal2params
To display AAL2 configuration parameters, use the dspaal2params command.
dspaal2params
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the following AAL2 configuration parameters:
•
•
•
•
•
Examples
The following example shows that the AAL2 configuration parameters are displayed:
dspaal2paramsAAL2 DTMF RELAY: OffAAL2 CAS BITS TRANSPORT: OffAAL2 TYPE3 REDUNDANCY: OnAAL2 VAD TIMER: 250AAL2 CID FILL TIMER: 30Related Commands
dspaal2profile
To display data about a specified AAL2 profile type and profile number, use the dspaal2profile command.
dspaal2profile <profileType> <profileNumber>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
The AAL2 profiles correspond to the profile types ITU and ATMF as defined in the ITU-T I.366.2 and ATM forum AF-VTOA-0113 standards respectively.
Examples
The following example shows that the data for AAL2 profile type 3 and profile number 110 is displayed:
dspaal2profile 3 110UUI Packet Packet Seq. No.Codepoint Length Time IntervalRange (octets) Codec SID M (ms) (ms)0-7 40 PCMU SIDG 1 5 50-7 40 PCMA SIDG 1 5 58-15 40 G726-32 SIDG 2 10 58-15 30 G729ab SID729 3 30 5Related Commands
There are no related commands.
dspaggsvcbw
To display the configured, used, and available switched virtual connection (SVC) bandwidth, use the dspaggsvcbw command.
dspaggsvcbw
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, and VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.
Examples
The following example shows the SVC bandwidth.
dspaggsvcbwConfigured : 50 cpsUsed : 0 cpsAvailable : 50 cpsRelated Commands
dspaissuppression
To show whether or not AIS suppression is enabled, use the dspaissuppression command.
dspaissuppression
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.
Examples
The following example shows that AIS suppression is enabled.
cvgmgx1a.1.12.VISM8.a > dspaissuppressionAIS Suppression : ENABLEDRelated Commands
dspalm
To display the alarms associated with a specified line, use the dspalm command.
dspalm -ds1 <LineNum>
Syntax Description
-ds1
The mandatory line-num argument identifier.
LineNum
Line number of the T1 or E1 line for which you want to display alarms. Range is 1-8.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the line 1 alarms are displayed:
dspalm -ds1 1LineNum:1LineAlarmState: Alarm(s) On --XmtRAIRcvLOSLineStatisticalAlarmState: No Statistical AlarmsRelated Commands
clralm
Clears alarms on a specific VISM card line.
dspalms
Displays all alarms for a selected line type on a VISM card.
dspalmcnf
To display the threshold data about the alarm statistics being collected, use the dspalmcnf command.
dspalmcnf -ds1 <LineNum>
Syntax Description
-ds1
The mandatory line-num argument identifier.
LineNum
Line number of the T1 or E1 line for which you want to display alarm statistic threshold data. Range is 1-8.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the alarm statistic threshold data for line 1 is displayed:
dspalmcnf -ds1 1LineNum: 1RedSeverity: MajorRAISeverity: MinorNEAlarmUpCount: 6NEAlarmDnCount: 1NEAlarmThreshold: 1500FEAlarmUpCount: 6FEAlarmDnCount: 1FEAlarmThreshold: 1500StatisticalAlarmSeverity: MinorlCV15minThreshold: 14lCV24hrThreshold: 134lES15minThreshold: 12lES24hrThreshold: 121lSES15minThreshold: 10lSES24hrThreshold: 100cRC15minThreshold: 14cRC24hrThreshold: 134cRCES15minThreshold: 12cRCES24hrThreshold: 121cRCSES15minThreshold: 10cRCSES24hrThreshold: 100SEFS15minThreshold: 2SEFS24hrThreshold: 17AISS15minThreshold: 2AISS24hrThreshold: 17UAS15minThreshold: 10Related Commands
dspalmcnt
To display alarm counters and statistics, use the dspalmcnt command.
dspalmcnt -ds1 <LineNum>
Syntax Description
-ds1
The mandatory line-num argument identifier.
LineNum
Line number of the T1 or E1 line for which you want to alarm counters and statistics. Range is 1-8.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
See the cnfalmcnt command description for a list of the TDM line statistics that are collected and then displayed by this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the alarm counters and statistics for line 1 are displayed:
dspalmcnt -ds1 1LineNum: 1lCVCurrent: 0lCVLast15minBucket: 0lCVLast24hrBucket: 0lESCurrent: 0lESLast15minBucket: 0lESLast24hrBucket: 0lSESCurrent: 0lSESLast15minBucket: 0lSESLast24hrBucket: 0cRCCurrent: 0cRCLast15minBucket: 0cRCLast24hrBucket: 0cRCESCurrent: 0cRCESLast15minBucket: 0cRCESLast24hrBucket: 0cRCSESCurrent: 0cRCSESLast15minBucket: 0cRCSESLast24hrBucket: 0sEFSCurrent: 430sEFSLast15minBucket: 900sEFSLast24hrBucket: 11699aISSCurrent: 0aISSLast15minBucket: 0aISSLast24hrBucket: 0uASCurrent: 430uASLast15minBucket: 900uASLast24hrBucket: 11696percentEFS: 100RcvLOSCount: 1RcvOOFCount: 1RcvRAICount: 0RcvFECount: 97997379Related Commands
dspalms
To display the alarms for a specified VISM card line type, use the dspalms command.
dspalms <lineType>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the alarms for the T1 line type are displayed:
dspalms -ds1Line AlarmState StatisticalAlarmState---- ----------- ---------------------5.1 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms5.2 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms5.3 No Alarms No Statistical AlarmsRelated Commands
dspannagetime
To display the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after it is placed into the VISM announcement cache, use the dspannagetime command.
dspannagetime
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the age time for nonpermanent announcements is two hours. After two hours the nonpermanent announcements are refreshed from the announcement file server:
dspannagetimeAnnouncement Age Time: 120 minutesRelated Commands
dspanncache
To display all available temporary announcement file names, and associated age times before being refreshed from the announcement file server, contained in the current VISM card, use the dspanncache command.
dspanncache
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the temporary announcement file names zero and one are each configured with an age time of 1000 minutes:
dspanncacheFile Name Codec Time Till Agedzero 1 1000one 2 1000Related Commands
dspanncontrols
To display a summary list of all provisionable announcement file variables, including variables associated with all announcement file CLI commands, use the dspanncontrols command.
dspanncontrols
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows a summary list of all provisionable announcement file variables:
dspanncontrolsAnnouncement Table Size: 125 entriesAnnouncement File Server: server1Announcement Age Time: 10080 minutesAnnouncement Preference Codec: G711.aAnnouncement Prefix Path: path1Announcement Req Timeout: 5 secondsRelated Commands
dspanndn
To display the announcement file server domain name, use the dspanndn command.
dspanndn
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the name of the announcement file server is displayed:
dspanndnAnnouncement File Server: announceserver3Related Commands
dspannpathprefix
To display the main prefix directory path from which VISM retrieves announcement files from the announcement file server, use the dspannpathprefix command.
dspannpathprefix
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that a main prefix directory TFTP path is path4:
dspannpathprefixAnnouncement Prefix Path: path4Related Commands
dspannpermanents
To display all available permanent announcement files with their associated codec types and identifying index numbers, use the dspannpermanents command.
dspannpermanents
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the available permanent announcement files with associated codec types and identifying index numbers are displayed:
dspannpermanentsNumber Status File Name Codec1 loaded alllinesbusy.au G.726-40KRelated Commands
dspannprefcodec
To display the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected Time Division Multiplex (TDM) endpoints, use the dspannprefcodec command.
dspannprefcodec
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the G.711u codec type is configured for announcements played on unconnected TDM endpoints:
dspannprefcodecAnnouncement Preference Codec: G.711uRelated Commands
dspannreqtimeout
To display the expiration time for announcements to begin playing before being aborted, use the dspannreqtimeout command.
dspannreqtimeout
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the announcements must begin playing by 12 seconds or they will be aborted:
dspannreqtimeoutAnnoucement Req Timeout: 12 secondsRelated Commands
dspavgsvctimes
To display the table of switched virtual connection (SVC) service access point identifier (SAPI) message processing statistic averages, use the dspavgsvctimes command. This command starts a menu-driven interface that enables you to refresh the screen with current counts, refresh the listed counters, or quit.
dspavgsvctimes
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, and VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.
Examples
The following examples show the SVC statistics averages. The average times column is always the processing time across all SVC call table indices.
This example shows the output from the originating side.
dspavgsvctimescurr(ms) Avg(ms) nOriginating End: -------- -------- ----------SETUP_IND-CONNECT 0.0 0.0 186CONNECT-CONN_ACK_IND 161.0 6.7 186Terminating End:SETUP-CALL_PROC_IND 0.0 0.0 0SETUP-CONN_IND 0.0 0.0 0CALLPROC_CONNECT 0.0 0.0 0CONN_IND-CONN_ACK 0.0 0.0 0RELEASE-RELCOM_IND 0.0 0.0 0RELEASE_IND-RELCOM 0.0 0.0 0(z)-zero average counts (r)-refresh (q)-quitrcurr(ms) Avg(ms) nOriginating End: -------- -------- ----------SETUP_IND-CONNECT 0.0 0.0 186CONNECT-CONN_ACK_IND 161.0 6.7 186Terminating End:SETUP-CALL_PROC_IND 0.0 0.0 0SETUP-CONN_IND 0.0 0.0 0CALLPROC_CONNECT 0.0 0.0 0CONN_IND-CONN_ACK 0.0 0.0 0RELEASE-RELCOM_IND 0.0 0.0 0RELEASE_IND-RELCOM 0.0 0.0 0(z)-zero average counts (r)-refresh (q)-quitqThis example shows the output from the terminating side:
dspavgsvctimescurr(ms) Avg(ms) nOriginating End: -------- -------- ----------SETUP_IND-CONNECT 0.0 0.0 0CONNECT-CONN_ACK_IND 0.0 0.0 0Terminating End:SETUP-CALL_PROC_IND 23225.0 12.8 31SETUP-CONN_IND 24838.0 13.3 31CALLPROC_CONNECT 1612.0 1.3 31CONN_IND-CONN_ACK 0.0 0.0 31RELEASE-RELCOM_IND 0.0 0.0 0RELEASE_IND-RELCOM 0.0 0.0 0(z)-zero average counts (r)-refresh (q)-quitdspavgsvctimescurr(ms) Avg(ms) nOriginating End: -------- -------- ----------SETUP_IND-CONNECT 0.0 0.0 0CONNECT-CONN_ACK_IND 0.0 0.0 0Terminating End:SETUP-CALL_PROC_IND 23225.0 12.8 31SETUP-CONN_IND 24838.0 13.3 31CALLPROC_CONNECT 1612.0 1.3 31CONN_IND-CONN_ACK 0.0 0.0 31RELEASE-RELCOM_IND 0.0 0.0 0RELEASE_IND-RELCOM 0.0 0.0 0(z)-zero average counts (r)-refresh (q)-quitqRelated Commands
There are no related commands.
dspcacfailcntrs
To display the connection admission control (CAC) failure counters that are set to 0, use the dspcacfailcntrs command.
dspcacfailcntrs
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Use this command for debugging purposes—to reset counters and isolate VISM CAC-related failures. Counter values greater than 0 indicate that the gateway is low on resources.
Examples
The following example shows that the CAC failure counters that are set to 0 are displayed:
dspcacfailcntrsPVC Addition Failures :0SVC Addition Failures :0VC CAC Failures for PVCs :0PVC Upspeed Failures :0SVC Upspeed Failures :0Related Commands
dspcalea
To display the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act (CALEA) feature configuration status of the current VISM card, use the dspcalea command.
dspcalea
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the CALEA feature is enabled on the current VISM card:
dspcaleaCALEA: enableRelated Commands
dspcarddsp
To display all card level configuration parameters for both echo cancellation (ECAN) and voice compression DSPs, use the dspcarddsp command.
dspcarddsp
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
The packetization period and default type of service parameters apply to the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode only.
Examples
The following example shows that the card level configuration parameters for ECAN and voice compression DSPs are displayed:
dspcarddspIdlePattern: 0x7f or 0xffIdleDirection: BothPacketSize: 80 bytesDB loss: sixdbJitter buffer mode: fixedJitter buffer size: forty msecAdaptive Gain Control: offRelated Commands
There are no related commands.
dspcasendpts
To display data about configured channel associated signaling (CAS) endpoints, use the dspcasendpts command.
dspcasendpts
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the CAS endpoint configuration data is displayed:
dspcasendptsEndpt ds0Num CasVarName CasOnTime CasOffTime----- ------ ---------- --------- ---------2 2 immd 75 755 5 wink 75 7510 10 wink 75 75Related Commands
dspcasvarendpts
Displays all endpoints associated with a specified CAS variant name.
dspcasglareattrib
To display the direction of channel associated signaling (CAS) calls and the glare policy for a specified endpoint, use the dspcasglareattrib command.
dspcasglareattrib <endpt_num>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the CAS glare attributes for endpoint number 204 are displayed:
dspcasglareattrib 204Ds0IfIndex: 204Cas Diretionality: incomingCas Glare Policy: controllingRelated Commands
dspcaspackage
To display the Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP) packages configured to notify persistent observed CAS events in the context of incoming and outgoing CAS calls on a specified endpoint, use the dspcaspackage command.
dspcaspackage <endpt_num>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the MGCP packages for incoming and outgoing calls on endpoint number 49 are displayed:
dspcaspackage 49Ds0fIndex: 49incoming CAS Pkg: MSOutgoing CAS Pkg: DTRelated Commands
dspcasparamsource
To display the currently configured timer source parameters for channel associated signaling (CAS) of a specified endpoint, use the dspcasparamsource command.
dspcasparamsource <endpt_num>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the CAS parameter source for endpoint number 1 is displayed:
dspcasparamsource 1Ds0IfIndex: 1CasParameterSource: MibValueRelated Commands
dspcastimers
To display the currently configured channel associated signaling (CAS) timers for a specified endpoint, use the dspcastimers command.
dspcastimers <endpt_num>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the currently configured CAS timers for endpoint number 1 are displayed:
dspcastimers 1Ds0IfIndex: 1CasOnHookMinMakeTime: 300CasOffHookMinMakeTime: 20CasWinkMinMakeTime: 100CasWinkMaxMakeTime: 1000CasWinkBreakTime: 20CasGlareTime: 500CasGuardTime: 800CasDialDelayTime: 500CasFlashMinMakeTime: 300CasFlashMaxMakeTime: 900Related Commands
dspcasvar
To display data about channel associated signaling (CAS) variants for a given variant name, use the dspcasvar command.
dspcasvar <variant_name>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command
Examples
The following example shows that the CAS variant data for the CAS variant identified by the name first is displayed:
dspcasvar firstCasVariantName: firstCasFileName: wink.dodRinging time: 30Digit method: DTMFPartial dial timing: 16Critical dial timing: 4Interdigit timeout: 1CasVariantState: configuredCasRowStatus: AddCountry code: USRelated Commands
dspcasvarendpts
To display all endpoints associated with a specified channel associated signaling (CAS) variant name, use the dspcasvarendpts command.
dspcasvarendpts <variant_name>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that no endpoints are associated with the var1 CAS variant:
dspcasvarendpts var1There are no endpoints configured with CAS variant var1Related Commands
dspcasvars
To display the parameters of all channel associated signaling (CAS) variants configured on a VISM card, use the dspcasvars command.
dspcasvars
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
This command displays the following data for each CAS variant:
•
•
•
•
Examples
The following example shows that the parameters of all configured CAS variants are displayed for the current VISM card:
dspcasvarsVariantName FileName DigitMethod CountryCode----------- -------- ----------- -----------first wink.dod DTMF USsecond ring.dod DTMF USRelated Commands
dspcasxgcps
To display timer parameters for the channel associated signaling/gateway control protocol (CAS/xGCP) backhaul, use the dspcasxgcps command.
dspcasxgcps
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the CAS/xGCP backhaul timer parameters are displayed:
dspcasxgcpsVariantName FileName ReXmitTime InitReXmitTime Retry----------- -------- ----------- -------------- -----first wink.dod 500 100 4second ring.dod 500 100 4Related Commands
There are no related commands.
dspccs
To display the configuration data of a previously added common channel signaling (CCS) channel, use the dspccs command.
dspccs <line_number> <ds0_number>
Syntax Description
line_number
Line number of the previously added CCS channel. Range is 1-8.
ds0_number
DS0 number of the previously added CCS channel. Ranges are
•
•
Command Modes
AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the configuration data of the CCS channel identified by line number 1 and DS0 number 10 are displayed:
dspccs 1 10ds0IfIndex: 10RowStatus: activeLcnNum: 36MaxFrameSize: 300Related Commands
dspccschans
To display all channels that are configured as common channel signaling (CCS) channels, use the dspccschans command.
dspccschans
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that all CCS configured channels are displayed:
dspccschansds0 If Row Lcn Max FrameIndex Status Num Size------- ------ ----- ------------10 active 36 300Related Commands
dspccscnt
To display the common channel signaling (CCS) counter values for a specified line and DS0, use the dspccscnt command.
dspccscnt <line_number> <ds0_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the CCS counter values for line number 1, DS0 10 are displayed:
dspccscnt 1 10ds0IfIndex: 10TxFrameCount: 0RxFrameCount: 0RxCRCErrorCount: 0RxBufOverflowCount: 0TxUnderflowCount: 0TxAbortCount: 0RxAbortCount: 0Related Commands
There are no related commands.
dspcctimes
To display the call control MGCP message processing statistics, use the dspcctimes command.
dspcctimes <connIndex>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, and VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.
Examples
The following example shows the MGCP message processing statistics for connection 2.
dspcctimes 2connIndex:2SVC Call Table Index:2ORIG/TERM :ORIGcurr(ms) Avg(ms) nOriginating End: -------- -------- ----------CRCX - CRCX_ACK 10.0 17.0 62MDCX - MDCX_ACK 0.0 1.0 62DLCX - DLCX_ACK 0.0 0Terminating End:CRCX - CRCX_ACK 0.0 0.0 0CRCX - NTFY 0.0 0.0 0DLCX - DLCX_ACK 0.0 0Overhead:DMCI Conn: -1377937124.0 7571466.0 62DMCI Disc: 0.0 0.0 0(z)-zero average counts (r)-refresh (q)-quitTerminating End of the call:------------------------------------MGX24.1.11.VISM8.a > dspcctimes 2connIndex:2SVC Call Table Index:2ORIG/TERM :TERMcurr(ms) Avg(ms) nOriginating End: -------- -------- ----------CRCX - CRCX_ACK 0.0 0.0 0MDCX - MDCX_ACK 0.0 0.0 0DLCX - DLCX_ACK 0.0 0Terminating End:CRCX - CRCX_ACK 10.0 8.0 62CRCX - NTFY 120.0 429.0 62DLCX - DLCX_ACK 0.0 0Overhead:DMCI Conn: -1377936944.0 7571739.0 62DMCI Disc: 0.0 0.0 0(z)-zero average counts (r)-refresh (q)-quitRelated Commands
There are no related commands.
dspcd
To display the current VISM card's configuration, status, and hardware and firmware configuration data, use the dspcd command.
dspcd
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
The VISM card configuration data displayed includes serial number and hardware and firmware revision levels.
Examples
The following example shows that the current VISM card configuration data is displayed:
dspcdModuleSlotNumber: 17FunctionModuleState: ActiveFunctionModuleType: VISM-8T1FunctionModuleSerialNum: xxxxxxxxxxFunctionModuleHWRev: 0.0FunctionModuleFWRev: 1.5.0_11Nov01_2FunctionModuleResetReason: ?LineModuleType: LM-RJ48-8T1LineModuleState: PresentmibVersionNumber: 21configChangeTypeBitMap: CardCnfChng, LineCnfChngpcb part no - (800 level): 800-xxxxx-xxpcb part no - (73 level): 73-xxxxx-xxFab Part no - (28 level): 28-xxxxx-xxPCB Revision: 08Daughter Card Information:Daughter Card Serial Number: xxxxxxxxxxxpcb part no - (73 level): 73-xxxxx-xxFab Part no - (28 level): 28-xxxxx-xxPCB Revision: 04Related Commands
dspcds
To display a list of chassis card types, with associated slot numbers, card status, alarm status, and redundancy status, use the dspcds command.
dspcds
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the list of chassis card types, with associated status data, are displayed:
dspcdsSlot CardState CardType CardAlarm Redundancy---- --------- -------- --------- ----------1.1 Empty Clear1.2 Active VISM-8T1 Clear...1.32 Active VISM-8E1 ClearRelated Commands
dspcd
Displays the current VISM card's configuration, status, and hardware and firmware configuration data.
version
Displays version-related information for a VISM card.
dspcid
To display the configuration data of an AAL2 channel identifier (CID) on the current VISM card, use the dspcid command.
dspcid <LCN> <cid_number>
Syntax Description
LCN
Logical channel number of the LCN/CID pair. Range is 131-510.
cid_number
Channel identification number of the LCN/CID pair. Range is 8-255.
Command Modes
AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the configuration data of the AAL2 CID identified by LCN 131 and CID 101 is displayed:
dspcid 131 101LCN number : 131CID number: 101Endpoint number : 1CidRowStatus: activeType3redundancy: enabledVAD: enabledVADInitTimer: 250Profile type: ITUProfile number: 2Codec type: G.711uCas transport: enabledDTMF transport: enabledEcan on/off: enabledICS enable: Disabledpkt period: 5Cid state: ActiveRelated Commands
addcid
Adds an AAL2 CID on a VISM card.
delcid
Deletes the association between an endpoint and an LCN/CID pair.
dspcids
Displays all AAL2 CIDs for a specified LCN on a VISM card.
dspcids
To display all AAL2 channel identifiers (CIDs) for an LCN on the current VISM card, use the dspcids command.
dspcids <LCN>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the AAL2 CIDs are displayed for LCN 132:
dspcids 132lcn CID Endpt Cid Type3 VAD Prof Prof Codec Cas DTMFNum Num Num Status Redun VAD Timer Type Num Type Tran Tran Ecan--- --- ----- ------ ----- --- ----- ------ ---- --------- ---- ---- ----132 9 1 active ena ena 250 ITU 1 G.711u ena ena enaRelated Commands
dspco1timer
To display the bearer continuity test CO1 timer value, use the dspco1timer command.
dspco1timer
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the bearer continuity test CO1 timer is set at 3 seconds:
dspco1timerCO1 timer value: 3Related Commands
cnfco1timer
Configures the bearer continuity test CO1 timer value.
dspvismparam
Displays the current VISM card configuration.
dspco2timer
To display the bearer continuity test CO2 timer value, use the dspco2timer command.
dspco2timer
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the bearer continuity test CO2 timer is set at 60 seconds.
dspco2timerCO2 timer value: 60Related Commands
cnfco2timer
Configures the bearer continuity test CO2 timer value.
dspvismparam
Displays the current VISM card configuration.
dspco4timer
To display the bearer continuity test CO4 timer value, use the dspco4timer command.
dspco4timer
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the bearer continuity test CO4 timer is set at 1000 ms:
dspco4timerCO4 timer value: 1000Related Commands
cnfco4timer
Configures the bearer continuity test CO4 timer value.
dspvismparam
Displays the current VISM card configuration.
dspcodecjtrdelays
To display the configured codec jitter delay modes and associated jitter initial delays, use the dspcodecjtrdelays command.
dspcodecjtrdelays
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the configured codec jitter delay modes and associated jitter initial delays are displayed:
dspcodecjtrdelayscodecType delay mode initial delay------------- ----------- -------------1 - G.711u fixed hundred2 - G.711a fixed hundred3 - G.726-32K adaptive sixty4 - G.729a adaptive sixty5 - G.729ab adaptive sixty6 - clr chan fixed hundred7 - G.726-16K adaptive sixty8 - G.726-24K adaptive sixty9 - G.726-40K adaptive sixty11 - G.723.1-H adaptive sixty12 - G.723.1a-H adaptive sixty13 - G.723.1-L adaptive sixty14 - G.723.1a-L adaptive sixty15 - Lossless fixed sixteenRelated Commands15 - Lossless fixed hundred
cnfcodecjtrdelay
Configures the jitter delay mode and initial delay value for a specified codec.
dspcodecneg
To display the codec negotiation option, use the dspcodecneg command.
dspcodecneg
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows the codec negotiation option you configured using the cnfcodecneg command:
dspcodecnegCodec Negotiation Option = 1Related Commands
dspcodecparams
To display codec parameters, use the dspcodecparams command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.
dspcodecparams
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
The following data, codec parameters, are displayed when you use this command:
•
•
•
•
•
Note
Examples
The following example shows that the codec parameters are displayed:
dspcodecparamscodecType codecString pktPeriod (ms) Preference ianaCodecType------------- ----------- -------------- ----------- -------------1 - G.711u PCMU 10 7 02 - G.711a PCMA 10 8 83 - G.726-32K G.726-32 10 5 24 - G.729a G729a 10 2 965 - G.729ab G729ab 10 1 966 - clr chan CCD 10 9 967 - G.726-16K G.726-16 10 3 968 - G.726-24K G.726-24 10 4 969 - G.726-40K G.726-40 10 6 96Related Commands
cnfcodectmpl
Assigns a codec template to a VISM card.
dspcodectmpls
Displays all entries in the codec template table.
dspcodectmpls
To display all entries in the codec template table, use the dspcodectmpls command.
dspcodectmpls
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
VISM maintains a table of codec templates; each entry in the table contains the following:
•
•
•
Examples
The following example shows that all entries in the codec template table are displayed:
dspcodectmplscodecTemplateNumber codecSupported MaxChanCount------------------- -------------- ------------1 G.711u, G.711a, G.729a, G.729ab, 192G.726-32K, CLR-CHAN, G.726-16K,G.726-24K, G.726-40K codecs;2 G.711u and G.711a uncompressed 192and CLR-CHAN codecs;3 Template#1 with T38 Support: 192G.711u, G.711a, G.729a, G.729ab,G.726-32K, CLR-CHAN, G.726-16K,G.726-24K, G.726-40K codecs;4 G.711u, G.711a, G.729a, G.729ab, 144G.726-32K, CLR-CHAN, G.726-16K,G.726-24K, G.726-40K, G.723.1-H,G.723.1a-H, G.723.1-L, G.723.1a-Lcodecs, T.38 support;5 G.711u, G.711a, G.729a, G.729ab, 192G.726-32K, CLR-CHAN, G.726-16K,Related Commands G.726-24K, G.726-40K, Lossless codecs;
cnfcodectmpl
Assigns a codec template to a VISM card.
dspcodecparams
Displays codec parameters.
dspcon
To display the configuration data of a channel, use the dspcon command.
dspcon <LCN>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the configuration data for LCN 136 is displayed:
dspcon 136ChanNum: 136ChanRowStatus: AddChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: DisabledChanTestType: TestOffChanTestState: NotInProgressChanRTDresult: 65535 msChanPortNum: 1ChanPvcType: AAL5ChanConnectionType: PVCChanLocalVpi: 0ChanLocalVci: 36ChanLocalNSAP: 646174616d767232000000000000000005000100ChanRemoteVpi: 44ChanRemoteVci: 44ChanRemoteNSAP: 646174616d767232000000000000000000000200ChanMastership: MasterChanVpcFlag: VccChanConnServiceType: CBRChanRoutingPriority: 1ChanMaxCost: 255ChanRestrictTrunkType: No RestrictionChanConnPCR: 400ChanConnPercentUtil: 100ChanPreference: 1ChanRemotePCR: 400ChanRemotePercentUtil: 100ChanProtection: unprotectedChanActivityState: unknownChanLockingState: unlockChanApplication: signalingChanServiceType: cbrChanScrIngress: 0ChanMbsIngress: 0ChanNumNextAvailable: 137ChanVCCI: 0ChanFarEndAddrType: notapplicableChanFarEndE164Addr: 0ChanFarEndGWIDAddr: .ChanFarEndNSAPAddr: NULL NSAPRelated Commands
addcon
Adds a PVC connection between a VISM card and any SM or PXM card.
delcon
Deletes a connection (PVC) between a VISM card and a Cisco MGX 8000 Series platform PXM card.
dspconcac
To display connection admission control (CAC) configuration data for a connection, use the dspconcac command.
dspconcac <LCN>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the CAC configuration data for LCN 131 is displayed:
dspconcac 131LCN : 131MasterShip : MasterVad Tolerance : 100Vad Duty Cycle : 61Rejecton Policy : 3Carrier Loss Policy : 3Accepted Connections : 24Rejected Connections : 0Effective Cell Rate : 6000 cpsUsed Cell Rate : 3200 cpsAvailable Cell Rate : 2800 cpsRelated Commands
dspconcnt
To display counter configuration data (channel state) of a connection, use the dspconcnt command.
dspconcnt <LCN>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the counter configuration data for LCN 136 is displayed:
dspconcnt 136ChanNum: 136Chan State: alarmChan XMT ATM State: Sending AIS OAMChan RCV ATM State: Receiving AIS OAMChan Status Bit Map: 0x6OAM Lpb Lost Cells: 75599AAL2 HEC Errors: 0AAL2 CRC Errors: 0AAL2 Invalid OSF Cells: 0AAL2 Invalid Parity Cells: 0AAL2 CPS Packet Xmt: 0AAL2 CPS Packet Rcv: 0AAL2 Invalid CID CPS: 0AAL2 Invalid UUI CPS: 0AAL2 Invalid Len. CPS: 0AAL5 Invalid CPI: 0AAL5 oversized SDU PDU: 0AAL5 Invalid Len. PDU: 0AAL5 PDU CRC32 Errors: 0Related Commands
addcon
Adds a PVC connection between a VISM card and any SM or PXM card.
delcon
Deletes a connection (PVC) between a VISM card and a Cisco MGX 8000 Series platform PXM card.
dspconferences
To display the currently active three-way conferences, use the dspconferences command.
dspconferences
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that three-way conferences are not supported on the VISM/VISM-PR card.
dspconferencesxGCP Endpoint Name xGCP Connection ID xGCP Connection ID------------------ ------------------ ------------------Related Commands
cnfmaxconfnum
Configures the card for three-way conferences.
dspmaxconfnum
Displays the number of three-way conferences
dspcons
To display channel configuration data for all configured connections on a VISM card, use the dspcons command.
dspcons
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that channel configuration data for all connections on the current VISM card are displayed:
dspconsConnId ChanNum Status Preference Protection Active Locking------- ------- ------ ---------- ---------- ------- --------datamvr2.5.1.0.135 135 Add 1 unprotected unknown unlockdatamvr2.5.1.0.136 136 Add 1 unprotected unknown unlockChanNumNextAvailable: 137Related Commands
dspconvbdpol
To display fax/modem upspeed, connection admission control (CAC) failure, and fax/modem carrier loss policies for calls added to a particular IP or AAL2 logical channel number (LCN), use the dspconvbdpol command.
dspconvbdpol <LCN>
Syntax Description
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the voiceband data policies for LCN 131 are displayed:
dspconvbdpol 131LcnNumer: 131ChanCarrierLossPolicy: upspeedCodecChanCacRejectionPolicy: deleteRelated Commands
cnfconvbdpol
Configures the policies for fax/modem upspeed CAC failure and fax/modem carrier loss for calls added to a particular IP or AAL2 LCN.
dspdiags
To display the results of a diagnostic test, use the dspdiags command.
dspdiags
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that diagnostics are not performed.
dspdiags--------------------------DIAGNOSTICS RESULTS--------------------------***Diagnostics not performed***Related Commands
There are not related commands.
dspdisctimers
To display the Restart in Progress command disconnect type method wait delay times, use the dspdisctimers command.
dspdisctimers
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the Restart in Progress command disconnect type method wait delay times are displayed:
dspdisctimersInitial Waiting Delay: 15secsMin Waiting Delay: 15 secsNax Waiting Delay: 600 secsRelated Commands
dspdnallips
To display all statistically provisioned IP addresses and externally resolved IP addresses for all domain names configured on the current VISM card, use the dspdnallips command.
dspdnallips
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that all statistically provisioned IP addresses and externally resolved IP addresses for all domain names configured on the current VISM card are displayed:
dspdnallipsResolutionIndex DomainName IP Preference--------------- ---------- --------------- ----------2 callagent99 nnn.nnn.nnn.nnx 145 callagent99 nnn.nnn.nnn.nxn 370 callagent99 nnn.nnn.nnn.xnn 41 dns nnn.nnn.nnx.nnn 1Related Commands3 cisco.com 172.29.52.18 Inactive 1 3 cisco.com 172.29.52.18 Inactive 1
dspdnips
To display all statistically provisioned and externally resolved IP addresses configured for a specified domain name, use the dspdnips command.
dspdnips <domain_name>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that all statistically provisioned and externally resolved IP addresses configured for domain name callagent99 are displayed:
dspdnips callagent99ResolutionIndex DomainName IP Preference--------------- ---------- --------------- ----------2 callagent99 nnn.nnn.nnn.nnx 145 callagent99 nnn.nnn.nnn.nxn 370 callagent99 nnn.nnn.nnn.xnn 4Related Commands
dspdns
To display the configuration data of all domain names of a call agent, use the dspdns command.
dspdns
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the configuration data of the mgc1 domain name are displayed:
dspdnsDomainNumber DomainName IP State Preference Resolution Type------------ ---------- ----------- ----- ---------- ---------------1 mgc1 nn.nn.nn.nn Active 1 internal onlyRelated Commands
dspdnssrvr
To display the domain name of the configured domain name server (DNS) of the current VISM card, use the dspdnssrvr command.
dspdnssrvr
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the configured DNS of the current VISM card is callagent99:
dspdnssrvrExternal DNS Server Domain Name: callagent99Related Commands
dspds0execdiag
To verify that testing is enabled on a channel, use the dspds0execdiag command.
dspds0execdiag <line_number> <ds0_number>
Syntax Description
line_number
Line number. Range is 1-8.
ds0_number
DS0 number. Ranges are
•
•
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows the DSP exec status of DS0 1 on line 1:
dspds0execdiag 1 1LineNo/Ds0No DSP Exec Status------------ ---------------1/ 1 EnableRelated Commands
dspds0gain
To display the adjustable gain values for a specified DS0, use the dspds0gain command.
dspds0gain <line_number> <ds0_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the adjustable gain values for DS0 1 are displayed:
dspds0gain 2 1Line Number : 2Ds0 Number : 1InputGain : 0Output Attenuation: 60Related Commands
dspds0localcasstatus
To display the currently configured local channel associated signaling (CAS) status for a specified line and DS0, use the dspds0localcasstatus command.
dspds0localcasstatus <line_number> <ds0_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the currently configured local CAS status for line number 1, DS0 number 1 is displayed:
dspds0localcasstatus 1 1ds1 line number: 1ds0 number: 1ds0 If Index: 1local cas type: Disabledlocal cas 4 bit bit pattern: 0Related Commands
dspds0loop
To display the loopback type for a specified line and DS0, use the dspds0loop command.
dspds0loop <line_number> <ds0_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the loopback type for line number 1, DS0 number 1 is displayed:
dspds0loop 1 1ds1 line number: 1ds0 number: 1ds0 If Index: 1loopback value: noLoopRelated Commands
There are no related commands.
dspds0musicthreshold
To display the music on-hold threshold value for a specified DS0, use the dspds0musicthreshold command.
dspds0musicthreshold <line_number> <ds0_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the VISM card line number 1, DS0 number 1 displays the -50 dB music on-hold threshold configuration value:
dspds0musicthreshold 1 1Line Number : 1Ds0 Number : 1MusicThreshold: -50Related Commands
dspds0sidpacket
To show whether or not the silence indication detection (SID) packet is enabled on a DS0, use the dspds0sidpacket command.
dspds0sidpacket <line_number> <ds0_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows the SID packet is enabled on DS0 1 of line 1.
dspds0sidpacket 1 1LineNo/Ds0No Sid Packet------------ ---------------1/ 1 EnableRelated Commands
dspdualtonedet
To display dual tone configurations you added with the adddualtonedet command, use the dspdualtonedet command.
dspdualtonedet <tone_det_num>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Note
Examples
The following example shows the default dual frequency tone configuration values for the ringback tones.
dspdualtonedet 1Tone Index: 1Event Number: 70Freq1: 460 HzFreq2: 0 HzOncadence: 2000 msOffCadence: 4000 msCadenceMatch: 1FreqMaxDeviation: 30 HzToneMaxPower: -3 dBToneMinPwr: -35 dBTonePwrTwist: 10FreqMaxDelay: 100 msMinOnCadence: 200 msaxOffCadence: 4500 msFor more information on the dual tones default values, see "Default Values" section on page 1-16 of Chapter 1, "New Features in Release 3.2."
Related Commands
adddualtonedet
Adds a dual frequency tone.
deldualtonedet
Deletes a dual frequency tone.
dspdynamicpayload
To display the card level configuration of dynamic payload on the current VISM card, use the dspdynamicpayload command.
dspdynamicpayload
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example displays the dynamic payload feature configuration of the current VISM card:
dspdynamicpayloadDynamic Payload flag: disableRelated Commands
dspendpt
To display configuration data of a specified VISM card endpoint, use the dspendpt command.
dspendpt <endpt_num>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the configuration data of endpoint number 120 is displayed:
dspendpt 120EndptNum: 120EndptLineNum: 1EndptName: T1-1/1@cisco.comEndptSpeed: 64 kbpsEndptState: activeEndptChannelMap: 1EndptEnable: activeEndptLoopback: disabled
Note
Related Commands
addendpt
Adds an endpoint on a VISM card.
delendpt
Deletes a specified endpoint on a VISM card.
dspendpts
Displays information about all endpoints on a VISM card.
dspendptdnsend
To display the audit endpoint response naming format and maximum datagram size, use the dspendptdnsend command.
dspendptdnsend
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows the response and maximum datagram size you configured using the cnfendptdnsend command.
dspendptdnsendEndpt Domain Send : enableDatagram Size : 4095Related Commands
cnfendptdnsend
Configures the audit endpoint response to include the endpoint domain name and sets the maximum datagram size.
dspendpts
To display configuration data about all endpoints on a VISM card, use the dspendpts command.
dspendpts
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the configuration data for all endpoints on the current VISM card are displayed:
dspendptsEndptNum Ena/Speed-------- --- -----1 act/ 64k2 act/ 64k3 act/ 64kRelated Commands
dspexecdiag
To show the testing status on all of the channel levels, use the dspexecdiag command.
dspexecdiag
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows the testing status of all channel levels.
dspexecdiagLineNo/Ds0No DSP Exec Status------------ ---------------1/ 1 Enable1/ 2 Enable1/ 3 Enable1/ 4 Enable1/ 5 Enable1/ 6 Enable1/ 7 Enable1/ 8 Enable1/ 9 Enable1/10 Enable1/11 Enable1/12 Enable1/13 Enable1/14 Enable1/15 Enable1/16 Enable1/17 Enable1/18 Enable1/19 Enable1/20 Enable1/21 Enable1/22 Enable1/23 Enable1/24 EnableINFO: line ds1 '2' is not enabledINFO: line ds1 '3' is not enabledINFO: line ds1 '4' is not enabledINFO: line ds1 '5' is not enabledINFO: line ds1 '6' is not enabledINFO: line ds1 '7' is not enabledINFO: line ds1 '8' is not enabledRelated Commands
dspfaxmodemtrace
To show whether or not fax/modem trace is on, use the dspexecdiag command.
dspfaxmodemtrace
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows the fax/modem trace is disabled.
dspfaxmodemtraceFax/Modem Trace is OFF...Related Commands
dspgain
To display the adjustable gain for a specified VISM card, use the dspgain command.
dspgain
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the adjustable gain values for the current VISM card are displayed:
dspgainLineNo/Ds0No InputGain OutputAttenuation------------ --------- -----------------1/1 0 1001/2 10 60Related Commands
dspgwstate
To display the current user-configured service state of the gateway, use the dspgwstate command.
dspgwstate
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
The following possible states are displayed by this command:
•
–
–
–
•
–
–
Examples
The following example shows that the user-configured gateway service states—the command out of service administration state and the alarm operational state—are displayed:
dspgwstateAdmin State : Command_Out_Of_ServiceOper. State : AlarmRelated Commands
There are no related commands.
dspheartbeattimer
To display the heartbeat status of the VISM card, dspheartbeattimer command.
dspheartbeattimer
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP Trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows the heartbeat timer value.
dspheartbeattimerDSP Heartbeat timer value: 0Related Commands
cnfdspheartbeattimer
Configures the DSP to send a heartbeat message within a given period of time.
dsplapd
To display configuration data about a Link Access Protocol D channel (LAPD), use the dsplapd command.
dsplapd <line_number> <ds0_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the LAPD configuration data is displayed for line number 1, DS0 number 1:
dsplapd 1 1vismRudpSessionStatNum: 1vismRudpSessionAutoResets: 0vismRudpSessionRcvdAutoResets: 0vismRudpSessionRcvdInSeqs: 0vismRudpSessionRcvdOutSeqs: 0vismRudpSessionSentPackets: 5vismRudpSessionRcvdPackets: 0vismRudpSessionSentBytes: 0vismRudpSessionRcvdBytes: 0vismRudpSessionDataSentPkts: 0vismRudpSessionDataRcvdPkts: 0vismRudpSessionDiscardPkts: 0Trunk type: BackhaulRelated Commands
dsplapds
To display configuration data about all Link Access Protocol for ISDN D channels (LAPDs), use the dsplapds command.
dsplapds
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the configuration data for all LAPDs is displayed:
dsplapdsLine number DS0 number Lapd Application Type------------------------------------------------1 1 PRIRelated Commands
addlapd
Adds an LAPD.
dellapd
Deletes an LAPD.
dsplapd
Displays configuration data about an LAPD.
dsplapdstat
To display configuration data about Link Access Protocol for ISDN D channel (LAPD) statistics (counters) for a specific line and DS0, use the dsplapdstat command.
dsplapdstat <line_number> <ds0_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the LAPD statistic configuration data for line number 1, DS0 number 1 are displayed:
dsplapdstat 1 1vismLapdStatsIndex: 1vismLapdRxInfoFrames: 0vismLapdTxInfoFrames: 0vismLapdRxReadyFrames: 0vismLapdTxReadyFrames: 0vismLapdRxNotReadyFrames: 0vismLapdTxNotReadyFrames: 0vismLapdRxSABMFrames: 0vismLapdTxSABMFrames: 0vismLapdRxDisconFrames: 0vismLapdTxDisconFrames: 0vismLapdRxUAFrames: 0vismLapdTxUAFrames: 0vismLapdRxDiscModeFrames: 0vismLapdTxDiscModeFrames: 0vismLapdRxFrmRejectFrames: 0vismLapdTxFrmRejectFrames: 0vismLapdRxExchIdFrames: 0vismLapdTxExchIdFrames: 0vismLapdRxUnumInfoFrames: 0vismLapdTxUnumInfoFrames: 0vismLapdRxRejectFrames: 0vismLapdTxRejectFrames: 0vismLapdRxInvalidFrames: 0Related Commands
There are no related commands.
dsplapdtrunkpvc
To display the assigned permanent virtual circuit (PVC) trunk type that carries Link Access Protocol D channel (LAPD) trunk messages for the current VISM card, use the dsplapdtrunkpvc command.
dsplapdtrunkpvc
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the control PVC trunk type carries LAPD trunk messages for the current VISM card:
dsplapdtrunkpvcLapd Trunk PVC Carrier: ControlRelated Commands
dsplapdtrunks
To display the data of all Link Access Protocol D channel (LAPD) configured trunks, use the dsplapdtrunks command.
dsplapdtrunks
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that all LAPD configuration data of the current VISM card trunks are displayed:
dsplapdtrunksTrunk Num State Session Number--------- ----- --------------1 Oos 1Related Commands
dsplinecasbits
To display the currently transmitted and received channel associated signaling (CAS) bit values for all the endpoints on a VISM card line, use the dsplinecasbits command.
dsplinecasbits <line_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the currently transmitted and received CAS bits of line number 1 are displayed:
dsplinecasbits 1DS0 Tx to TDM Rx fr TDM-------A-B-C-D-----A-B-C-D1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 03 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 04 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 05 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 06 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 07 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 08 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 09 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 010 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 011 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 012 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 013 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 014 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 015 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 016 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 017 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 018 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 019 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 020 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 021 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 022 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 023 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 024 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0Related Commands
dsplinesabyte
To display the transmit and receive SA buffers, use the dsplinesabyte command.
The SA-byte is used to insert SA-bits (bits SA4-SA8) into a timeslot. The SA-bits are additional spare bits that can be used for synchronization.
dsplinesabyte <line_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP Switching/VoIP Trunking, AAL2 Trunking, AAL1 Switching, Switched AAL2 SVC, Switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP Trunking/AAL2 Trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows the SA bytes of line number 1:
cvgmgx1a.1.20.VISM8.a > dsplinesabyte 1Line 1 Transmit SA Buffer Registers------- -------Transmit Sa4-byte Buffer: 255Transmit Sa5-byte Buffer: 255Transmit Sa6-byte Buffer: 255Transmit Sa7-byte Buffer: 255Transmit Sa8-byte Buffer: 255Line 1 Receive SA Buffer Registers------- -------Receive Sa4-byte Buffer: 0Receive Sa5-byte Buffer: 0Receive Sa6-byte Buffer: 0Receive Sa7-byte Buffer: 0Receive Sa8-byte Buffer: 0Related Commands
dspln
To display the configuration data of a VISM card line, use the dspln command.
dspln <line_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the configuration data for the current VISM card's line number 1 is displayed:
dspln 1LineNum: 1LineConnectorType: RJ-48LineEnable: EnabledLineType: dsx1ESFLineCoding: dsx1B8ZSLineLength: 0-131 ftLineXmtClockSource: LocalTimingLineLoopbackCommand: NoLoopLineSendCode: NoCodeLineUsedTimeslotsBitMap: 0x3ffLineLoopbackCodeDetection: codeDetectDisabledLineSignalingType: CASLineCcsChannels: 0x0LineTrunkConditioning: disableLineNumOfValidEntries: 8
Note
Related Commands
addln
Adds a T1 or E1 line to a VISM card.
cnfln
Configures characteristics for a VISM card line.
delln
Deletes a T1 or E1 line from a VISM card.
dsplncids
To display the channel identification (CID), endpoint, and AAL2 configuration data for a VISM card line, use the dsplncids command.
dsplncids <line_number>
Syntax Description
line_number
Line number for which you want to display the CID, endpoint, and AAL2 configuration data. Range is 1-8.
Command Modes
AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the CID, endpoint, and AAL2 configuration data for line 2 are displayed:
dsplncids 2lcn CID Endpt Cid Type3 VAD Prof Prof Codec Cas DTMFNum Num Num Status Redun VAD Timer Type Num Type Tran Tran Ecan--- --- ----- ------ ----- --- ----- ------ ---- --------- ---- ---- ----33 10 2 active ena ena 250 ITU 1 G.711u ena ena ena
Note
Related Commands
dsplndigitorder
To display the order in which automatic number identification (ANI) digits—the caller's number—and dialed number identification service (DNIS) digits—the called number—are dialed during an outgoing Feature Group D (FGD) call on the endpoints of a specified VISM card line, use the dsplndigitorder command.
dsplndigitorder <line_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
The ANI and DNIS digits are sent as part of the MGCP setup message.
Examples
The following example shows that the current VISM card's line number 7 is assigned a digit order of DNIS digits first, followed by ANI digits, for digits dialed during an outgoing FGD call:
dsplndigitorder 7LineNum : 1Dsx1TxDigitOrder: aniThenDnisRelated Commands
dsplndsp
To display the digital signal processor (DSP) data for a specified T1 or E1 line, use the dsplndsp command.
dsplndsp <line_num>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the DSP data for line 1 are displayed:
dsplndsp 1VismLineNum: 1ECANEnable: enableECANReenable: ReenableOnModemDataToneDisable: G.165MaximumTail: 32 millisecondsResidualEcho: ComfortNoiseVoiceDetection: Enable
Note
Related Commands
addln
Adds a T1 or E1 line to a VISM card.
delln
Deletes a T1 or E1 line from a VISM card.
dsplndsx0s
To display the configuration data of all DS0s on a specified T1 or E1 line, use the dsplndsx0s command.
dsplndsx0s <line_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that all DS0 configuration data for line 1 are displayed:
dsplndsx0s 1ds0 If Robbed Bit Idle Seized EndPt If VariantIndex Signaling Code Code Num Type Name-------- ------------ ------ -------- ------- ------ -------------1 True 0 0 1 bearer2 True 0 0 2 bearer3 True 0 0 3 bearer4 True 0 0 4 bearer5 True 0 0 5 bearer6 False 0 0 -1 -7 False 0 0 -1 -8 False 0 0 -1 -9 False 0 0 -1 -10 False 0 0 -1 -11 False 0 0 -1 -12 False 0 0 -1 -13 False 0 0 -1 -14 False 0 0 -1 -15 False 0 0 -1 -16 False 0 0 -1 -17 False 0 0 -1 -18 False 0 0 -1 -19 False 0 0 -1 -20 False 0 0 -1 -21 False 0 0 -1 -22 False 0 0 -1 -23 False 0 0 -1 -24 False 0 0 -1 -
Note
Related Commands
addln
Adds a T1 or E1 line to a VISM card.
delln
Deletes a T1 or E1 line from a VISM card.
dsplnendptstatus
To display the status of endpoints for a specified T1 or E1 line, use the dsplnendptstatus command.
dsplnendptstatus <line_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the status for the endpoints on line 1 are displayed:
dsplnendptstatus 1ds0# Endpt# Codec VAD ECAN------------------------------1 1 G.711a ON ONRelated Commands
dspendpts
Displays information about all the endpoints on a VISM card.
dspln
Displays the characteristics of a VISM card line.
dsplnexecdiag
To verify that all of the endpoints on the line are enabled for channel level testing, use the dsplnexecdiag command.
dsplnexecdiag <line_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows the channel level testing is enabled for all of the endpoints on line 1.
dsplnexecdiag 1LineNo/Ds0No DSP Exec Status------------ ---------------1/ 1 Enable1/ 2 Enable1/ 3 Enable1/ 4 Enable1/ 5 Enable1/ 6 Enable1/ 7 Enable1/ 8 Enable1/ 9 Enable1/10 Enable1/11 Enable1/12 Enable1/13 Enable1/14 Enable1/15 Enable1/16 Enable1/17 Enable1/18 Enable1/19 Enable1/20 Enable1/21 Enable1/22 Enable1/23 Enable1/24 EnableRelated Commands
dsplngain
To display the adjustable gain for all DS0s on a specified VISM card line, use the dsplngain command.
dsplngain <line_number>
Syntax Description
line_number
Line number for which you want to display the adjustable gain for all DS0s. Range is 1-8.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the adjustable gain values for all DS0s on VISM card line 3 are displayed:
dsplngain 3Ds0Num InputGain OutputAttenuation------ --------- -----------------1 0 1002 10 60Related Commands
cnflngain
Configures the adjustable gain for all DS0s on a specified VISM card line.
dsplnmusicthreshold
To display the music on-hold threshold values for the DS0s on a specified line, use the dsplnmusicthreshold command.
dsplnmusicthreshold <line_number>
Syntax Description
line_number
Line number for which you want to display the DS0 music on-hold threshold values. It can be in the range from 1 to 8.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the DS0s on VISM card line number 3 music on-hold threshold values are displayed:
dsplnmusicthreshold 3Ds0Num Musicthreshold------ --------------1 -382 -40Related Commands
dsplnringback
To display the ringback tone method for a specified line on the current VISM card, use the dsplnringback command.
dsplnringback <line_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
The ringback tone method is displayed as one of the following:
•
•
Examples
The following example shows that the current VISM card line 4 ringback tone method, inband, is displayed:
dsplnringback 4LineNum: 4Dsx1RemoteRingback: inbandRelated Commands
dsplns
To display all line configuration data for the current VISM card, use the dsplns command.
dsplns
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the configuration data for all lines on the current VISM card are displayed:
dsplnsLine Conn Type Status/Coding Length XmtClock Alarm StatsType Source Alarm---- ----- ------------ ---- -------- --------- -------- ----- -----17.1 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Ena/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim Yes No17.2 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Ena/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim Yes No17.3 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim17.4 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim17.5 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim17.6 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim17.7 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Ena/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim No No17.8 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Ena/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim No NoLineNumOfValidEntries: 8Related Commands
dsplnsidpacket
To display the line and DS0 in which the silence indication detection (SID) packet is enabled, use the dsplnsidpacket command.
dsplnsidpacket <line_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows the SID packet is enabled on line 1:
dsplnsidpacket 1LineNo/Ds0No Sid Packet------------ ---------------1/ 1 Enable1/ 2 Enable1/ 3 Enable1/ 4 Enable1/ 5 Enable1/ 6 Enable1/ 7 Enable1/ 8 Enable1/ 9 Enable1/10 Enable1/11 Enable1/12 Enable1/13 Enable1/14 Enable1/15 Enable1/16 Enable1/17 Enable1/18 Enable1/19 Enable1/20 Enable1/21 Enable1/22 Enable1/23 Enable1/24 EnableRelated Commands
dsplnstate
To display the service state of specified T1 or E1 line with respect to the xGCP protocol, use the dsplnstate command.
dsplnstate <line_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Service states are expressed as administrative or operational. For each service state has an actual state and an effective state. The actual states are described in the following list:
•
–
–
–
–
–
•
–
–
The effective administrative state is the combination state of the gateway and the line.
The effective operational state is the combination alarm state of the gateway and the line.
Examples
The following example shows that the service states of line 1 are displayed:
dsplnstate 1Line number : 1, Actual admin. state : InactiveActual oper. state : OKLine number : 1, Effective admin. state : InactiveEffective oper. state : OKRelated Commands
dsplntoneplan
To display the tone plan configuration of a specified VISM card line, use the dsplntoneplan command.
dsplntoneplan <line_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the tone plan configuration for the current VISM card line number 8 is displayed:
dsplntoneplan 8LineNum :8Dsx1TonePlanRegion :singaporeDsx1TonePlanVersion:11Related Commands
dsplntonetimeout
To display the configured timeout periods for all call progress tones of a specified VISM card line, use the dsplntonetimeout command.
dsplntonetimeout <line_number>
Syntax Description
line_number
Line number for which you want to display the configured timeout periods (defined in seconds) for all call progress tones. Range is 1-8.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that all call progress tones for the current VISM card line number 5 are displayed, in seconds:
dsplntonetimeout 5LineNum: 5Dsx1RingingTO: 200 secondsDsx1RingBackTO: 200 secondsDsx1BusyTO: 35 secondsDsx1ReorderTO: 35 secondsDsx1DialTO: 16 secondsDsx1StutterDialTO: 16 secondsDsx1OffHookAlertTO: 5 secondsRelated Commands
dsplongdurationtimer
To display the long duration timer value, use the dsplongdurationtimer command.
The long duration is the elapse time, in hours, to indicate a connection has been established for a given period of time.
dsplongdurationtimer
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows the long duration timer value you configured using the cnflongdurationtimer command.
dsplongdurationtimerLong duration timer value: 1Related Commands
dsploops
To display all lines and DS0s that are in the loopback condition, use the dsploops command.
dsploops
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the lines and DS0s that are currently in the loopback condition are displayed:
dsploopsLine Loopbacks on this card---------------------------Line 1: Local Loopbackds0 loopbacks on this card--------------------------Endpoint 1 Loopback EnabledRelated Commands
addconloop
Configures a cellbus connection to local loopback condition on a current card.
addendptloop
Places an endpoint in a loopback condition in the TDM direction.
dspmaxconfnum
To display the maximum number of three-way conferences, use the dspmaxconfnum command.
dspmaxconfnum
Syntax Descriptiondspmaxconfnum <num>
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the VISM/VISM-PR card does not support three-way conferences:
dspmaxconfnumMaximum number of conferences: 0Related Commands
dspmaxmgcs
To display the maximum number of Media Gateway Controllers (MGCs) that can be configured on the current card, use the dspmaxmgcs command.
dspmaxmgcs
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the maximum number of MGCs that can be configured on the current card is displayed:
dspmaxmgcsMaximum number of MGCs: 8Related Commands
There are no related commands.
dspmgc
To display the configuration data of a specified Media Gateway Control (MGC), use the dspmgc command.
dspmgc <mgcNumber>
Syntax Description
mgcNumber
Number by which the call agent is identified, as displayed by the dspmgcs command. Range is 1-8.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the configuration data for the MGC identified by the MGC number 1 is displayed:
dspmgc 1mgcNumber : 1mgcName : mgc1Related Commands
dspmgcgrpparams
To display all configured Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP)—call agent—redundancy group parameters, use the dspmgcgrpparams command.
dspmgcgrpparams
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that all configured call agent redundancy group parameters are displayed:
dspmgcgrpparamsMgc Grp Num Com State State Chg Notification Priority----------- --------- ---------------------- --------1 CommLoss Enabled 1Related Commands
dspmgcgrpprotocols
To display all configured Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP)—call agent—redundancy group protocols, use the dspmgcgrpprotocols command.
dspmgcgrpprotocols
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that all configured call agent redundancy group protocols are displayed:
dspmgcgrpprotocolsMgcGrp Prot Qrntn Qrntn Sign Prov RspAck Disc CancelNum Num Persist Def OnOff Resp Attr Proc Graceful------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 MGCP 0.1 Qrtn StepDiscard DelEvtNotPrsnt NotSend NotSend Disable NotSend1 MGCP 1.0 Qrtn StepProcess DelNegEvt Send Send Enable SendRelated Commands
dspmgcgrps
To display all configured Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP)—call agent—redundancy groups, use the dspmgcgrps command.
dspmgcgrps
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that all configured call agent redundancy groups are displayed:
dspmgcgrpsmgcRedgrpNum mgcNum Preferencee State------------ ------ ----------- -----1 1 1 Inactive1 2 2 InactiveRelated Commands
dspmgcs
To display configuration data about all configured call agents—Media Gateway Control (MGC) protocols—use the dspmgcs command.
dspmgcs
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the configuration data about the currently configured call agents is displayed:
dspmgcsmgcNumber mgcName-------- --------1 mgc1Related Commands
dspmgprotocols
To display data of all call agent—Media Gateway Control (MGC)—protocols available to VISM, use the dspmgprotocols command.
dspmgprotocols
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the call agent protocols available to VISM are displayed:
dspmgprotocolsNumber mgProcotol---------- -----------1 MGCP 0.12 SGCP 1.1+3 SRCP 1.0.24 SGCP 1.55 MGCP 1.06 TGCP 1.0Related Commands
dspmidcalltimers
To display the configured partial and critical timer values for midcall dual tone multifrequency (DTMF) digit reporting, use the dspmidcalltimers command.
dspmidcalltimers
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the configured partial and critical timers for midcall DTMF digit reporting are displayed:
dspmidcalltimersLineNum DTMF Partial Timer DTMF Critical Timer------- ------------------ -------------------1 16 42 20 4Related Commands
cnfmidcalltimers
Configures the midcall DTMF feature partial and critical timers for a specified VISM card line.
dspmngcidcnt
To display the managed channel identifier (CID) count for a specified endpoint, use the dspmngcidcnt command.
dspmngcidcnt <endpt_num>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the managed CID counts for endpoint number 1 are displayed:
dspmngcidcnt 1EndptNum: 1Lcn: 35Cid: 10SentPkts: 15277688RcvdPkts: 0SentOctets: 654128294RcvdOctets: 0LostPkts: 0Jitter: 0Latency: 0Related Commands
There are no related commands.
dspmonecanendpt
To monitor the echo cancellation (ECAN) activity for a specified endpoint, use the dspmonecanendpt command.
dspmonecanendpt <endpt_num>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the ECAN additivity for endpoint number 1 is monitored:
dspmonecanendpt 1Send Energy (dBm) = -45, Receive Energy (dBm) = -45ERL (dB) = 6, ERLE (dB) = 0Largest Reflector (ms) is 4Related Commands
dspmusicthreshold
To display the music on-hold threshold values for the current VISM card, use the dspmusicthreshold command.
dspmusicthreshold
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the current VISM card music on-hold threshold values are displayed:
dspmusicthresholdLineNo/Ds0No Musicthreshold------------ --------------1/1 -381/2 -50Related Commands
dspnwcot
To display the status—enabled or disabled—of the gateway-initiated network continuity test configuration for VISM, use the dspnwcot command.
dspnwcot
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC,
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that VISM is configured for a gateway-initiated network continuity test:
dspnwcotGW Initiated Network COT: OnRelated Commands
dspoamloopcnt
To display the number of OAM loopback cells before an OAM loopback failure causes the PVC to go into alarm, use the dspoamloopcnt command.
dspoamloopcnt
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example displays the OAM loopback count you configured using the cnfoamloopcnt command:
dspoamloopcntOAM Loopback Cell Timeout Count: 60Related Commands
dspoamparams
To display the transmitted and received permanent virtual circuit (PVC) operations, administration, and maintenance (OAM) cell parameters, use the dspoamparams command
dspoamparams
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the transmitted and received PVC OAM cell parameters are displayed:
dspoamparamsOAM Cell Gap: 500 msOAM Cell Retry Count: 3OAM Cell Recover Count: 5Related Commands
cnfdpvcoamparams
Configures the transmitted and received PVC OAM cell parameters.
dspport
To display configuration data about the virtual port that you created with the addport command, use the dspport command.
dspport
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the configuration data about the virtual port created with the addport command is displayed:
dspportvismPortNum: 1vismPortRowStatus: addvismPortSpeed: 50000vismPortState: activeRelated Commands
addport
Adds a virtual port between a VISM and PXM cards.
delport
Deletes a virtual port between a VISM and PXM cards.
dspprofparams
To display the profile elements and the preference for all profiles, use the dspprofparams command.
dspprofparams
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
When you execute this command, the display includes the default voice and voiceband data profile element which correspond to each supported profile.
Examples
The following example shows the profile elements and preferences for all profiles:
dspprofparams- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -Profile Type : ITUProfile Number : 1Profile Preference : 4Voice Profile Codec : G.711uVoice Profile Packetization-period(ms): fiveVoice Profile SID : VAD onVBD Profile Codec : G.711uVBD Profile Packetization-period (ms) : five- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -Profile Type : ITUProfile Number : 2Profile Preference : 3Voice Profile Codec : G.711uVoice Profile Packetization-period(ms): fiveVoice Profile SID : sidGenricVBD Profile Codec : G.711uVBD Profile Packetization-period (ms) : five- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -Profile Type : ITUProfile Number : 3Profile Preference : 1Voice Profile Codec : G.726-32KVoice Profile Packetization-period(ms): fiveVoice Profile SID : sidGenricVBD Profile Codec : G.711uVBD Profile Packetization-period (ms) : five- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -Profile Type : ITUProfile Number : 7Profile Preference : 2Voice Profile Codec : G.729abVoice Profile Packetization-period(ms): tenVoice Profile SID : sid729VBD Profile Codec : G.711uVBD Profile Packetization-period (ms) : five- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -Profile Type : ITUProfile Number : 8Profile Preference : 5Voice Profile Codec : G.729abVoice Profile Packetization-period(ms): tenVoice Profile SID : sid729VBD Profile Codec : G.711uVBD Profile Packetization-period (ms) : five- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -Profile Type : CustomProfile Number : 100Profile Preference : 6Voice Profile Codec : G.726-32KVoice Profile Packetization-period(ms): tenVoice Profile SID : sidGenricVBD Profile Codec : G.711uVBD Profile Packetization-period (ms) : five- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -Profile Type : CustomProfile Number : 101Profile Preference : 7Voice Profile Codec : G.729abVoice Profile Packetization-period(ms): tenVoice Profile SID : sid729VBD Profile Codec : G.711uVBD Profile Packetization-period (ms) : five- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -Profile Type : CustomProfile Number : 110Profile Preference : 8Voice Profile Codec : G.729abVoice Profile Packetization-period(ms): thirtyVoice Profile SID : sid729VBD Profile Codec : G.711uVBD Profile Packetization-period (ms) : five- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -Profile Type : CustomProfile Number : 200Profile Preference : 9Voice Profile Codec : clr chanVoice Profile Packetization-period(ms): fiveVoice Profile SID : VAD offVBD Profile Codec : clr chanRelated Commands
dsprscprtn
To display configuration data about the resource partition which you created with the addrscprtn command, use the dsprscprtn command.
dsprscprtn
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows the configuration data of the resource partition created with the addrscprtn command:
dsprscprtnvismResPartPortNum: 1vismResPartCtrlrNum: parvismResPartRowStatus: addvismResPartNumOfLcnAvail: 72vismResPartLcnLow: 32vismResPartLcnHigh: 279vismResPartIngrPctBW: 100vismResPartEgrPctBW: 100vismResPartCtrlrID: 2Related Commands
dsprsvpif
To display the Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) status of a specified connection, use the dsprsvpif command.
dsprsvpif <LCN>
Syntax Description
LCN
Logical channel number of the connection for which you want to display the RSVP status. Range is 131-510.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows the RSVP status of LCN 142:
dsprsvpif 142Interface: 142RSVP: EnableRefresh Interval: 45 secRefresh Multiple: 7Related Commands
dsprsvpreq
To display the data associated with a specified Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) request, use the dsprsvpreq command.
dsprsvpreq <session_number> <req_number>
Syntax Description
session_number
RSVP session number. Range is 1-65535.
req_number
RSVP request number. Range is 1-65535.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows the data associated with the request identified by RSVP session number 400 and RSVP request number 64521:
dsprsvpreq 400 64521rsvpSessionNumber : 400rsvpResvFwdNumber : 64521rsvpResvFwdType : IPv4rsvpResvFwdDestAddr : 12.12.12.1rsvpResvFwdSenderAddr : 11.11.11.1rsvpResvFwdDestAddrLength : 32rsvpResvFwdSenderAddrLength : 32rsvpResvFwdProtocol : IPrsvpResvFwdDestPort : 49152rsvpResvFwdPort : 49152rsvpResvFwdHopAddr : 12.12.12.2rsvpResvFwdInterface : 182rsvpResvFwdService : GuarantedrsvpResvFwdTSpecRate : 96000 bpsrsvpResvFwdTSpecPeakRate : 96000 bpsrsvpResvFwdTSpecBurst : 120 bytesrsvpResvFwdTSpecMinTU : 120rsvpResvFwdTSpecMaxTU : 120rsvpResvFwdRSpecRate : 96000 bpsrsvpResvFwdRSpecSlack : 0 usecrsvpResvFwdInterval : 30000 msecrsvpResvFwdScope :rsvpResvFwdShared : falsersvpResvFwdExplicit : truersvpResvFwdRSVPHop : truersvpResvFwdLastChange : 5474rsvpResvFwdStatus : activeRelated Commands
dsprsvpreqs
To display all Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP)-known requests on the current VISM card, use the dsprsvpreqs command.
dsprsvpreqs
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
A request is a generated outgoing reservation message. Use the dsprsvpresvs command to display incoming or locally created reservations.
Examples
The following example shows that the RSVP-known request on the current VISM card is displayed:
dsprsvpreqsSess Resv From To Prot DPort SPort Interval Serv BPS-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------0 0 11.11.11.1 12.12.12.1 IP 49152 49152 30000 Guaranteed 96000Related Commands
dsprsvpresv
To display all data associated with a Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) bandwidth reservation, use the dsprsvpresv command.
dsprsvpresv <session_number> <resv_number>
Syntax Description
session_number
RSVP session number. Range is 1-65535.
resv_number
RSVP bandwidth reservation number. Range is 1-65535.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
An RSVP bandwidth reservation is uniquely identified by an RSVP session number and RSVP reservation number combination.
Examples
The following example shows that the data associated with RSVP session number 200 and RSVP bandwidth reservation number 3400 is displayed:
dsprsvpresv 200 3400rsvpSessionNumber : 200rsvpResvNumber : 3400rsvpResvType : IPv4rsvpResvDestAddr : 12.12.12.1rsvpResvSenderAddr : 11.11.11.1rsvpResvDestAddrLength : 32rsvpResvSenderAddrLength : 32rsvpResvProtocol : IPrsvpResvDestPort : 49152rsvpResvPort : 49152rsvpResvHopAddr : 12.12.12.1rsvpResvInterface : 0rsvpResvService : GuarantedrsvpResvTSpecRate : 96000 bpsrsvpResvTSpecPeakRate : 96000 bpsrsvpResvTSpecBurst : 120 bytesrsvpResvTSpecMinTU : 120rsvpResvTSpecMaxTU : 120rsvpResvRSpecRate : 96000 bpsrsvpResvRSpecSlack : 0 usecrsvpResvInterval : 30000 msecrsvpResvScope :rsvpResvShared : falsersvpResvExplicit : truersvpResvRSVPHop : truersvpResvLastChange : 269040rsvpResvStatus : activeRelated Commands
dsprsvpresvs
To display all incoming Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP)-known bandwidth reservations on the current VISM card, use the dsprsvpresvs command.
dsprsvpresvs
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
This command displays data for reservations that are incoming or created by application programming interface (API) calls. Use the dsprsvpreqs command to display data for outgoing reservations or requests.
Examples
The following example shows that all incoming RSVP-known bandwidth reservations are displayed:
dsprsvpresvsSess Resv From To Prot DPort SPort Interval Serv BPS-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------0 0 11.11.11.1 12.12.12.1 IP 49152 49152 30000 Guaranteed 960000 0 12.12.12.1 11.11.11.1 IP 49152 49152 30000 Guaranteed 96000Related Commands
dsprsvpsender
To display all data associated with a specified Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) path state, use the dsprsvpsender command.
dsprsvpsender <session_number> <sender_number>
Syntax Description
session_number
RSVP session number. Range is 1-65535.
sender_number
RSVP sender number. Range is 1-65535.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
The session number and sender number combination uniquely identifies a path state.
Examples
The following example shows that the data associated with the RSVP path state identified by RSVP session number 100 and RSVP sender number 23099 is displayed:
dsprsvpsender 100 23099rsvpSessionNumber : 100rsvpSenderNumber : 23099rsvpSenderType : IPv4rsvpSenderDestAddr : 12.12.12.1rsvpSenderAddr : 11.11.11.1rsvpSenderDestAddrLength : 32rsvpSenderAddrLength : 32rsvpSenderProtocol : IPrsvpSenderDestPort : 49152rsvpSenderPort : 49152rsvpSenderHopAddr : 12.12.12.2rsvpSenderInterface : 182rsvpSenderTSpecRate : 96000 bpsrsvpSenderTSpecPeakRate : 96000 bpsrsvpSenderTSpecBurst : 120 bytesrsvpSenderTSpecMinTU : 120rsvpSenderTSpecMaxTU : 120rsvpSenderInterval : 30000 msecrsvpSenderRSVPHop : truersvpSenderLastChange : 4726rsvpSenderAdspecBreak : falsersvpSenderAdspecHopCount : 3rsvpSenderAdspecPathBw : -855437984 bpsrsvpSenderAdspecMinLatency : 0 usecrsvpSenderAdspecMtu : 1500 bytesrsvpSenderAdspecGuaranteedSvc : ?rsvpSenderAdspecGuaranteedBreak : ?rsvpSenderAdspecGuaranteedCtot : 0 bytesrsvpSenderAdspecGuaranteedDtot : 0 usecrsvpSenderAdspecGuaranteedCsum : 0 bytesrsvpSenderAdspecGuaranteedDsum : 0 usecrsvpSenderAdspecGuaranteedHopCount : 0rsvpSenderAdspecGuaranteedPathBw : 0 bpsrsvpSenderAdspecGuaranteedMinLatency : 0 usecrsvpSenderAdspecGuaranteedMtu : 0 bytesrsvpSenderAdspecCtrlLoadSvc : 1rsvpSenderAdspecCtrlLoadBreak : falsersvpSenderAdspecCtrlLoadHopCount : 0rsvpSenderAdspecCtrlLoadPathBw : 0 bpsrsvpSenderAdspecCtrlLoadMinLatency : 0 usecrsvpSenderAdspecCtrlLoadMtu : 0 bytesrsvpSenderStatus : activersvpSenderTTL : 253Related Commands
dsprsvpsenders
To display all Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP)-known path states on the current VISM card, use the dsprsvpsenders command.
dsprsvpsenders
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that all RSVP-known path states on the current VISM card are displayed:
dsprsvpsendersSession Sender From To Prot DPort SPort BPS------------------------------------------------------------------------0 1 11.11.11.1 12.12.12.1 IP 49152 49152 960001 0 12.12.12.1 11.11.11.1 IP 49152 49152 96000Related Commands
dsprtpcnt
To display the bearer counters (statistics) for a specific Real-Time Transport Protocol (RTP) VoIP trunking connection, use the dsprtpcnt command.
dsprtpcnt <rtp_conn_index>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the bearer counters (statistics) for the static RTP connection number 132 are displayed:
dsprtpcnt 132Connection Index :132Packets Sent :99604Packets Received :0Octets Sent :7966804Octets Received :0Packets Lost :0Related Commands
dsprtpcon
To display the configuration data of a specified static Real-Time Transport Protocol (RTP) VoIP trunking connection, use the dsprtpcon command.
dsprtpcon <rtp_conn_index>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the configuration data for the static RTP connection number 106 is displayed:
dsprtpcon 106Connection Index: 1Endpoint Number: 1Local RTP Port: 49648Remote RTP Port: 49648Remote IP Address: 10.1.30.30Codec Type: G.711uPacketization Period: ten msecECAN Status: EnableVAD: OffVAD Timer: 250 msecCAS Transport: OnDTMF Transport: OnICS Enable: DisableBearer TOS: 160Connection Mode: GW can send and recv packetsConn Alarm State: ActiveConn Fail Reason: Not FailPayload Type: 256Associated PVC: 131Related Commands
dsprtpconnstat
To display the Real-Time Transport Protocol (RTP) connection statistics for a specified endpoint, use the dsprtpconnstat command.
dsprtpconnstat <endpt_num>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows the RTP connection statistics for endpoint 202:
dsprtpconnstat 202No. of RTP Packets Sent = 0No. of RTP Packets Received = 0No. of Octets Sent = 0No. of Octets Received = 0No. of RTP Packets Lost = 0Interarrival Jitter = 80Latency = 0Related Commands
dsprtpcons
To display the configuration data of all static Real-Time Transport Protocol (RTP) VoIP trunking connections, use the dsprtpcons command.
dsprtpcons
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the configuration data for all static RTP connections are displayed:
dsprtpconsConnection Endpoint Local Rtp Remote RTP Remote IP Codec Packetization AlarmIndex Number Port Port Address Type Period State---------- -------- --------- ---------- --------------- ----- ------------- ----------1 1 49700 49700 209.165.200.224 G711u ten Active2 2 49702 49702 209.165.200.225 G.711u ten ActiveRelated Commands
dsprudptrunk
To display the configuration data of a specified ISDN PRI backhaul Reliable User Datagram Protocol (RUDP) session, use the dsprudptrunk command.
dsprudptrunk <session_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the configuration data of ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session number 43 is displayed:
dsprudptrunk 43Session Number :43Local Port :1124..Trans State Timeout:2000Related Commands
dsprudptrunks
To display the configuration data of all ISDN PRI backhaul Reliable User Datagram Protocol (RUDP) sessions, use the dsprudptrunks command.
dsprudptrunks
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the configuration data of all ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP sessions are displayed:
dsprudptrunksSession Number Local Port Local IP Remote IP Remote Port Session State-------------- ---------- --------------- --------------- ----------- -------------43 1124 209.165.200.224 209.165.200.210 1159 ActiveRelated Commands
dspsarcnt
To display the segmentation and reassembly (SAR) counter values for a specified channel, use the dspsarcnt command.
dspsarcnt <LCN>
Syntax Description
LCN
Logical channel number of the connection for which you want to display SAR counter values. Range is 131-510.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the SAR counter values for logical channel number 132 are displayed:
dspsarcnt 132SarShelfNum: 1SarSlotNum: 17SarChanNum: 132Tx Rx--------------- ---------------Total Cells: 69486 60243Total CellsCLP: 0 0Total CellsAIS: 0 0Total CellsFERF: 0 0Total CellsEnd2EndLpBk: 0 0Total CellsSegmentLpBk: 0 0RcvCellsDiscOAM: 2151467320Related Commands
dspsarcnts
To display the segmentation and reassembly (SAR) counter values for a VISM card, use the dspsarcnts command.
dspsarcnts
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the SAR counter values for the current VISM card are displayed:
dspsarcntsRelated Commands
dspsarmsgcnt
To display the segmentation and reassembly (SAR) control message counter values for a VISM card, use the dspsarmsgcnt command.
dspsarmsgcnt
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the SAR control message counter values for the current VISM card are displayed:
dspsarmsgcntRiscXmtCtrlMsg: 83606RiscRcvCtrlMsg: 83606SARXmtCtrlMsg: 83445SARRcvCtrlMsg: 83606SARCtrlMsgDiscLenErr: 0SARCtrlMsgDiscCRCErr: 0SARCtrlMsgDiscUnknownChan: 0SARCtrlMsgLastUnknownChan: 0Related Commands
dspseqtonedet
To display the configuration data of a sequential tone, use the dspseqtonedet command.
dspseqtonedet
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Note
Examples
The following example shows the values for a sequential tone that is configured using the cnfseqtonedet command:
dspseqtonedetseqToneNumOfFrequencies 3seqToneEventID 74seqToneDurationOfEachTone 330 msseqToneGapBetweenEachTone 10 msseqToneDurationDeviation 20 msseqToneMaximumGapDuration 150 msseqToneGapDurationDeviation 200 msseqToneFreqDeviation 40 hzseqTonePowerLevelCeiling -3 dBseqTonePowerLevelFloor -40 dBseqToneFrequency1 950 hzseqToneFrequency2 1400 hzseqToneFrequency3 1800 hzseqToneFrequency4 280 hzseqToneFrequency5 280 hzseqToneFrequency6 280 hzseqToneFrequency7 280 hzseqToneFrequency8 280 hzseqToneFrequency9 280 hzseqToneFrequency10 280 hzRelated Commands
dspses
To display the configuration data of a Primary Rate Interface (PRI) backhaul session, use the dspses command.
dspses <session_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the configuration data of PRI backhaul session number 1 is displayed:
dspses 1vismRudpSessionNum: 1vismRudpSessionGrpNum: 1vismRudpSessionPriority: 1vismRudpSessionState: OosvismRudpSessionCurrSession: 0vismRudpSessionLocalIp: xxx.xx.xx.xxxvismRudpSessionLocalPort: 1124vismRudpSessionRmtIp: xxx.xx.xx.xxvismRudpSessionRmtPort: 1124vismRudpSessionMaxWindow: 32vismRudpSessionSyncAttempts: 5vismRudpSessionMaxSegSize: 384vismRudpSessionMaxAutoReset: 5vismRudpSessionRetransTmout: 600vismRudpSessionMaxRetrans: 3vismRudpSessionMaxCumAck: 3vismRudpSessionAckTmout: 300vismRudpSessionMaxOutOfSeq: 4vismRudpSessionNullSegTmout: 2000vismRudpSessionTransStateTmout: 2000Related Commands
dspsesgrp
To display configuration data of a Primary Rate Interface (PRI) backhaul session group, use the dspsesgrp command.
dspsesgrp <group_number>
Syntax Description
group_number
Identifying session group number for which you want to display the PRI backhaul configuration data. Range is 1-16.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the PRI backhaul configuration data for session group number 2 is displayed:
dspsesgrp 2vismSessionGrpNum: 2vismSessionGrpSetNum: 1vismSessionGrpState: ?vismSessionGrpCurrSession: 0vismSessionGrpTotalSessions: 0vismSessionGrpMgcName: abcvismSessionGrpSwitchFails: 0vismSessionGrpSwitchSucesses: 0Related Commands
dspsesgrps
To display configuration data about all Primary Rate Interface (PRI) backhaul session groups, use the dspsesgrps command.
dspsesgrps
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the configuration data of the current PRI backhaul session groups is displayed:
dspsesgrpsGrpNum SetNum State ActiveSes TotalSes Mgc SwitchFail SwitchSuccess----------------------------------------------------------------------------2 1 ? 0 0 abc 0 03 1 ? 0 0 svc 0 0Related Commands
dspsess
To display configuration data about all Primary Rate Interface (PRI) backhaul sessions, use the dspsess command.
dspsess
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the current PRI backhaul sessions are displayed:
dspsessRelated Commands
addses
Adds a PRI backhaul session between a VISM card and a call agent.
delses
Deletes a PRI backhaul session.
dspses
Displays the configuration data of a PRI backhaul session.
dspsesset
To display configuration data about a specified Primary Rate Interface (PRI) backhaul session set, use the dspsesset command.
dspsesset <set_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the configuration data for PRI backhaul session number 1 is displayed:
dspsesset 1vismSessionSetNum: 1vismSessionSetState: IdlevismSessionSetTotalGrps: 2vismSessionSetActiveGrp: 0vismSessionSetFaultTolerant: FTvismSessionSetSwitchFails: 0vismSessionSetSwitchSucesses: 0Related Commands
addsesset
Adds a PRI backhaul session set between a VISM card and a call agent.
delsesset
Deletes a PRI backhaul session set.
dspsesstat
To display configuration data about Primary Rate Interface (PRI) backhaul session statistics (counters), use the dspsesstat command.
dspsesstat <session_number>
Syntax Description
session_number
Session number for which you want to display PRI backhaul session statistics. Range is 1-64.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the statistics (counters) for the PRI backhaul session set number 1 are displayed:
dspsesstat 1vismRudpSessionStatNum: 1vismRudpSessionAutoResets: 0vismRudpSessionRcvdAutoResets: 0vismRudpSessionRcvdInSeqs: 0vismRudpSessionRcvdOutSeqs: 0vismRudpSessionSentPackets: 5vismRudpSessionRcvdPackets: 0vismRudpSessionSentBytes: 0vismRudpSessionRcvdBytes: 0vismRudpSessionDataSentPkts: 0vismRudpSessionDataRcvdPkts: 0vismRudpSessionDiscardPkts: 0vismRudpSessionRetransPkts: 0Related Commands
addsesset
Adds a PRI backhaul session set between a VISM card and a call agent.
delsesset
Deletes a PRI backhaul session set.
dspsidpacket
To show whether or not the silence indication detection (SID) packet is enabled for each line, use the dspsidpacket command.
dspsidpacket
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows the SID packet is only enabled on line 1.
dspsidpacketLineNo/Ds0No Sid Packet------------ ---------------1/ 1 Enable1/ 2 Enable1/ 3 Enable1/ 4 Enable1/ 5 Enable1/ 6 Enable1/ 7 Enable1/ 8 Enable1/ 9 Enable1/10 Enable1/11 Enable1/12 Enable1/13 Enable1/14 Enable1/15 Enable1/16 Enable1/17 Enable1/18 Enable1/19 Enable1/20 Enable1/21 Enable1/22 Enable1/23 Enable1/24 EnableINFO: line ds1 '2' is not enabledINFO: line ds1 '3' is not enabledINFO: line ds1 '4' is not enabledINFO: line ds1 '5' is not enabledINFO: line ds1 '6' is not enabledINFO: line ds1 '7' is not enabledINFO: line ds1 '8' is not enabledRelated Commands
dspslipcnt
To display the current clock slip counters for a specified VISM card line, use the dspslipcnt command.
dspslipcnt <line_number>
Syntax Description
line_number
Line number of the DS1 line for which you want to display the current clock slip counters. Range is 1-8.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the current clock slip counters for line 3 of the current VISM card are displayed:
dspslipcnt 3Line 3 Slip Counters: Tx Slip Rx SlipUncontrolled Slip: 0 0Frame Slip: 0 2Related Commands
dspsrcpcnt
To display the Simple Resource Control Protocol (SRCP) message counters (statistics) for a specified call agent, use the dspsrcpcnt command.
dspsrcpcnt <Ip_address>
Syntax Description
Ip_address
IP address, in dotted decimal format (nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn), of the call agent for which you want to display SRCP statistics.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the SRCP message counters (statistics) of IP address 209.165.200.224 are displayed:
dspsrcpcnt 209.165.200.224Ip Name Discarded Augw/Fail Auln/Fail Ntfy/Fail Rqnt/Fail--------- -------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------2.2.2.2 mgc1 0 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/0Related Commands
dspsrcpcnts
To display the Simple Resource Control Protocol (SRCP) message counters (statistics) for all known call agents, use the dspsrcpcnts command.
dspsrcpcnts
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the SRCP message counters (statistics) for all known call agents are displayed:
dspsrcpcntsIp Name Discarded Augw/Fail Auln/Fail Ntfy/Fail Rqnt/Fail------- -------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------2.2.2.2 mgc1 0 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/0Related Commands
dspsrcppeer
To display the peer configuration data for a specified Simple Resource Control Protocol (SRCP) peer (call agent), use the dspsrcppeer command.
dspsrcppeer <peer_id>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the peer configuration data for the call agent identified by peer number 1 is displayed:
dspsrcppeer 1Id PortNumber---- ----------1 1025Related Commands
dspsrcppeergrpparams
To display the Simple Resource Control Protocol (SRCP) parameters for all call agent redundancy groups that have SRCP added, use the dspsrcppeergrpparams command.
dspsrcppeergrpparams
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the SRCP parameters for all call agent redundancy groups that have SRCP added are displayed:
dspsrcppeergrpparamsMgc Grp Num HeartbeatIntv TimeSinceHeartbeat MaxPdu----------- ------------- ------------------- ------1 120 0 4096Related Commands
dspsrcppeers
To display the peer configuration data for all known Simple Resource Control Protocol (SRCP) peers (call agents), use the dspsrcppeers command.
dspsrcppeers
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the configuration data for all known SRCP peers (call agents) are displayed:
dspsrcppeersRelated Commands
dspsrcpport
To display the local User Datagram Protocol (UDP) port number used by the Simple Resource Control Protocol (SRCP) on VISM, use the dspsrcpport command.
dspsrcpport
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the local UDP port number used by the SRCP is displayed:
dspsrcpportsrcpPortNumber: 2428Related Commands
dspsrcpretry
To display the VISM card level Simple Resource Control Protocol (SRCP) retransmission parameters—maximum number of retransmission attempts, minimum timeout, and maximum timeout—use the dspsrcpretry command.
dspsrcpretry
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the VISM card level SRCP retransmission parameters are displayed:
dspsrcpretryMin Request Timeout : 500Retry Count : 3Max Request Timeout : 500Related Commands
dspsvcaal2cid
To display the current configured AAL2 switched virtual connection (SVC) channel ID (CID) number, use the dspsvcaal2cid command.
dspsvcaal2cid
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
Switched AAL2 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows the AAL2 SVC CID value you configured using the cnfsvcaal2cid command.
dspsvcaal2cidThe default AAL2 SVC cid value: 100Related Commands
dspsvccallstruct
To display all switched virtual connection (SVC) call table information for the SVC, use the dspsvccallstruct command.
dspsvccallstruct <svcIndex>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.
Examples
The following example shows the SVC call table information for SVC 121.
dspsvccallstruct 121next free index:0next active index:0prev active index:0ccConnIndex:120svcIndex:121svcServiceType:real-time Variable Bit RatesvcConnType:AAL2Peak Cell Rate :201 cpsSustained Cell Rate :200 cpsMaximum Burst Size :5 cpsSignalled OR Scaled Sustained Cell Rate :200 cpsPNNI Handle:113logical channel number:390setupInd timestamp:-652139922 mssetupReq timestamp:0 mscallprocInd timestamp:0 msconnectInd timestamp:0 msconnectReq timestamp:-652139922 msconnectAckInd timestamp:-652139882 msconnectAckReq timestamp:0 msreleaseInd timestamp:0 msreleaseReq timestamp:0 msreleaseCompInd timestamp:0 msreleaseCompReq timestamp:0 msSVC timer type:SVC_CONNECT_TIMERprevious call state:SVC_CALL_U8_CONNECT_REQcurrent call state:SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVEcall event:SVC_CALL_CONNECT_ACK_INDresync flag:0localEecid:121remoteEecid:0called address:470091810000000007856e12f0000001070bff15rel cause:0Related CommandsSAPI ptr:0x82479994SAPI ptr: 0x824da574 (z)-zero average counts (r)-refresh (q)-quit(z)-zero average counts (r)-refresh (q)-quit
dspsvccalltable
To display the switched virtual connection (SVC) call table, use the dspsvccalltable command.
dspsvccalltable
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.
You can scroll forward through the table or quit.
Examples
The following example shows the call table for the originating end of the call:
dspsvccalltablesvc ccConn PNNI LCN cur call Previous svcIndex Index Hnd state state event1 1 2 510 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U8_CONNECT_ SVC_CALL_CONNECT_ACK2 2 3 509 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U8_CONNECT_ SVC_CALL_CONNECT_ACK3 3 4 508 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U8_CONNECT_ SVC_CALL_CONNECT_ACK4 4 32 507 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U8_CONNECT_ SVC_CALL_CONNECT_ACK5 5 5 506 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U8_CONNECT_ SVC_CALL_CONNECT_ACK6 6 6 505 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U8_CONNECT_ SVC_CALL_CONNECT_ACK7 7 7 504 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U8_CONNECT_ SVC_CALL_CONNECT_ACK8 8 8 503 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U8_CONNECT_ SVC_CALL_CONNECT_ACK9 9 9 502 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U8_CONNECT_ SVC_CALL_CONNECT_ACK10 10 10 501 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U8_CONNECT_ SVC_CALL_CONNECT_ACK11 11 11 500 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U8_CONNECT_ SVC_CALL_CONNECT_ACK12 12 12 499 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U8_CONNECT_ SVC_CALL_CONNECT_ACK13 13 13 498 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U8_CONNECT_ SVC_CALL_CONNECT_ACK14 14 14 497 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U8_CONNECT_ SVC_CALL_CONNECT_ACK15 15 15 496 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U8_CONNECT_ SVC_CALL_CONNECT_ACK16 16 16 495 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U8_CONNECT_ SVC_CALL_CONNECT_ACK17 17 17 494 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U8_CONNECT_ SVC_CALL_CONNECT_ACK18 18 18 493 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U8_CONNECT_ SVC_CALL_CONNECT_ACK(m)-more (q)-quitThe following example shows the call table for the terminating end of the call:dspsvccalltablesvc ccConn PNNI LCN cur call Previous svcIndex Index Hnd state state event1 1 2 510 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U3_OUTGOING SVC_CALL_CONNECT_IND2 2 3 509 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U3_OUTGOING SVC_CALL_CONNECT_IND3 3 4 508 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U3_OUTGOING SVC_CALL_CONNECT_IND4 4 5 507 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U3_OUTGOING SVC_CALL_CONNECT_IND5 5 6 506 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U3_OUTGOING SVC_CALL_CONNECT_IND6 6 7 505 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U3_OUTGOING SVC_CALL_CONNECT_IND7 7 8 504 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U3_OUTGOING SVC_CALL_CONNECT_IND8 8 9 503 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U3_OUTGOING SVC_CALL_CONNECT_IND9 9 10 502 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U3_OUTGOING SVC_CALL_CONNECT_IND10 10 11 501 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U3_OUTGOING SVC_CALL_CONNECT_IND11 11 12 500 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U3_OUTGOING SVC_CALL_CONNECT_IND12 12 13 499 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U3_OUTGOING SVC_CALL_CONNECT_IND13 13 14 498 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U3_OUTGOING SVC_CALL_CONNECT_IND14 14 15 497 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U3_OUTGOING SVC_CALL_CONNECT_IND15 15 16 496 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U3_OUTGOING SVC_CALL_CONNECT_IND16 16 17 495 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U3_OUTGOING SVC_CALL_CONNECT_IND17 17 18 494 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U3_OUTGOING SVC_CALL_CONNECT_IND18 18 19 493 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE SVC_CALL_U3_OUTGOING SVC_CALL_CONNECT_INDRelated Commands(m)-more (q)-quitSAPI ptr: 0x824da574 (z)-zero average counts (r)-refresh (q)-quit(z)-zero average counts (r)-refresh (q)-quit
dspsvccalltimers
To display the timer pending for each call, use the dspsvccalltimers command.
dspsvccalltimers
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.
You can scroll forward through the table or quit.
Examples
The following example shows the SVC call timers:
dspsvccalltimerssvcIndex Timer Type current call state1 SVC_CALL_PROC_TIMER SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE2 SVC_CALL_PROC_TIMER SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE3 SVC_CALL_PROC_TIMER SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE4 SVC_CALL_PROC_TIMER SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE5 SVC_CALL_PROC_TIMER SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE6 SVC_CALL_PROC_TIMER SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE7 SVC_CALL_PROC_TIMER SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE8 SVC_CALL_PROC_TIMER SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE9 SVC_CALL_PROC_TIMER SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE10 SVC_CALL_PROC_TIMER SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE11 SVC_CALL_PROC_TIMER SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE12 SVC_CALL_PROC_TIMER SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE13 SVC_CALL_PROC_TIMER SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE14 SVC_CALL_PROC_TIMER SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE15 SVC_CALL_PROC_TIMER SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE16 SVC_CALL_PROC_TIMER SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE17 SVC_CALL_PROC_TIMER SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE18 SVC_CALL_PROC_TIMER SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE(m)-more (q)-quitRelated Commands(m)-more (q)-quit(m)-more (q)-quitSAPI ptr: 0x824da574 (z)-zero average counts (r)-refresh (q)-quit(z)-zero average counts (r)-refresh (q)-quit
dspsvccause
To print the text description for the cause identified in the cause ID parameter, use the dspsvccause command.
dspsvccause <cause_id>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.
Examples
The following example shows cause IDs and their meanings:
dspsvccause 0cause 0: Invalid Cause Valuecause 1: Unallocated (unassigned) Numbercause 2: No Route to Specified Transit Networkcause 3: No Route To Destinationcause 10: VPI VCI Unacceptablecause 16: Normal Nall Nlearingcause 17: User Busycause 18: No User Respondingcause 19: No Answer from User (User Alerted)cause 21: Call Rejectedcause 22: Number Changedcause 23: User Rejects All Screened Numberscause 27: Destination Out of Ordercause 28: Invalid Number Format, Address Incompletecause 29: Facility Rejectedcause 30: Response to Status Enquiry Messagecause 31: Normal, Unspecifiedcause 35: Requested VPCI/VCI Not Available(m)-more (q)-quit
Note
Related Commands(m)-more (q)-quit(m)-more (q)-quitSAPI ptr: 0x824da574 (z)-zero average counts (r)-refresh (q)-quit(z)-zero average counts (r)-refresh (q)-quit
dspsvccnts
To display the switched virtual connection (SVC) service access point identifier (SAPI) message processing counts, use the dspsvccnts command. This command starts a menu-driven interface that enables you to refresh the screen with current counts, to zero all counters, and to toggle sequentially through the default, restart/resync, and failure screens.
dspsvccnts
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.
Examples
The following example shows the counts on the originating side:
dspsvccnts----------------------Currently Active Calls: 124Total Calls: 124Last LastReceived Cause Transmitted CauseOutgoing: CALLPROC 124 NNN SETUP 124 NNNCONNECT 124 NNN CONN_ACK 124 NNNIncoming: SETUP 0 NNNCONN_ACK 0 NNN CONNECT 0 NNNCommon: REL_COM 0 NNN RELEASE 0 NNNRELEASE 0 NNN REL_COM 0 NNN(z)-zero counts (r)-refresh (c)-translate cause code (t)-toggle (q)-quitcause 0 :Invalid Cause ValueCurrently Active Calls: 124Total Calls: 124 Last LastReceived Cause Transmitted CauseOutgoing: CALLPROC 24 NNN SETUP 124 NNNCONNECT 124 NNN CONN_ACK 124 NNNIncoming: SETUP 0 NNNCONN_ACK 0 NNN CONNECT 0 NNNCommon: REL_COM 0 NNN RELEASE 0 NNNRELEASE 0 NNN REL_COM 0 NNN(z)-zero counts (r)-refresh (c)-translate cause code (t)-toggle (q)-quitcause 0 :Invalid Cause ValueqThe following example shows the counts on the terminating side:
dspsvccntsCurrently Active Calls: 155Total Calls: 155 Last LastReceived Cause Transmitted CauseOutgoing: CALLPROC 0 NNN SETUP 0 NNNCONNECT 0 NNN CONN_ACK 0 NNNIncoming: SETUP 155 NNNCONN_ACK 155 NNN CONNECT 155 NNNCommon: REL_COM 0 NNN RELEASE 0 NNNRELEASE 0 NNN REL_COM 0 NNN(z)-zero counts (r)-refresh (c)-translate cause code (t)-toggle (q)-quitcause 0 :Invalid Cause ValueCurrently Active Calls: 155Total Calls: 155 Last LastReceived Cause Transmitted CauseOutgoing: CALLPROC 0 NNN SETUP 0 NNNCONNECT 0 NNN CONN_ACK 0 NNNIncoming: SETUP 155 NNNCONN_ACK 155 NNN CONNECT 155 NNNCommon: REL_COM 0 NNN RELEASE 0 NNNRELEASE 0 NNN REL_COM 0 NNN(z)-zero counts (r)-refresh (c)-translate cause code (t)-toggle (q)-quitRelated Commands cause 0 :Invalid Cause Value cause 0 : Invalid Cause Value(m)-more (q)-quit(m)-more (q)-quitSAPI ptr: 0x824da574 (z)-zero average counts (r)-refresh (q)-quit(z)-zero average counts (r)-refresh (q)-quit
dspsvccons
To display the active switched virtual connections (SVCs), use the dspsvccons command.
dspsvccons
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.
Examples
The following example shows the active SVCs:
dspsvcconsCurrent SVCs: 186 Current Active SVCs: 186 Max SVCs: 300SVC Channel Current MGCP DestinationCall# Number State Conn ID NSAP------ -------- ------------ -------- -------------1 510 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE 1 47009181000000000164444b94000001075bff152 509 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE 2 47009181000000000164444b94000001075bff153 508 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE 3 47009181000000000164444b94000001075bff154 507 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE 4 47009181000000000164444b94000001075bff155 506 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE 5 47009181000000000164444b94000001075bff156 505 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE 6 47009181000000000164444b94000001075bff157 504 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE 7 47009181000000000164444b94000001075bff158 503 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE 8 47009181000000000164444b94000001075bff159 502 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE 9 47009181000000000164444b94000001075bff1510 501 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE 10 47009181000000000164444b94000001075bff1511 500 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE 11 47009181000000000164444b94000001075bff1512 499 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE 12 47009181000000000164444b94000001075bff1513 498 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE 13 47009181000000000164444b94000001075bff1514 497 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE 14 47009181000000000164444b94000001075bff1515 496 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE 15 47009181000000000164444b94000001075bff1516 495 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE 16 47009181000000000164444b94000001075bff1517 494 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE 17 47009181000000000164444b94000001075bff1518 493 SVC_CALL_U10_ACTIVE 18 47009181000000000164444b94000001075bff15(m)-more (q)-quitRelated Commands(m)-more (q)-quit cause 0 : Invalid Cause Value(m)-more (q)-quit(m)-more (q)-quitSAPI ptr: 0x824da574 (z)-zero average counts (r)-refresh (q)-quit(z)-zero average counts (r)-refresh (q)-quit
dspsvcgw
To display the details of the switched virtual connection (SVC) gateway parameters, use the dspsvcgw command.
dspsvcgw
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.
Examples
The following example shows the gateway parameters:
dspsvcgwcurrent state: SVC_GW_ACTIVEprevious state:SVC_GW_RESTART_PENDINGcurrent event: SVC_GW_INVALID_EVENToper state:SVC_GW_OPER_ISAESA:47009181000000000164444b9400000107f3ff00AESA type:timer type:SVC_INVALID_TIMERgw timer:1818SAPI client id:6gw SAPI handle:0Related Commandschecksum value:50857checksum value: 0(m)-more (q)-quit cause 0 : Invalid Cause Value(m)-more (q)-quit(m)-more (q)-quitSAPI ptr: 0x824da574 (z)-zero average counts (r)-refresh (q)-quit(z)-zero average counts (r)-refresh (q)-quit
dspsvcqosparam
To display the ATM Quality of Service (QoS) parameters, use the dspsvcqosparam command.
dspsvcqosparam
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.
Examples
The following example shows the ATM QoS parameters for the current VISM card.
dspsvcqosparamVoice SVC - default Atm Qos parametersEnd-to-End Cell Delay Variation = 20000 micro-secMaximum Cell Transfer Delay = 150000 micro-secMaximum Cell Loss Ratio = 8Related Commands
dspsvctrfscalingfactor
To display the switched virtual connection (SVC) traffic scaling factors for voice, use the dspsvctrfscalingfactor command.
dspsvctrfscalingfactor
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
switched AAL2 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.
Examples
The following example shows the SVC traffic scaling factor for the current VISM card.
dspsvctrfscalingfactorSVC Traffic Scaling Factor: 50Related Commands
dspt38fxlco
To display the fax handling instructions configured for a specified line, use the dspt38fxlco command.
dspt38fxlco <line_number>
Syntax Description
line_number
Line number of the DS1 line for which you want to display T.38 fax handling instructions. Range is 1-8.
Command Modes
VoIP trunking/VoIP switching, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the fax handling instructions configured for line 3 are displayed:
dspt38fxlco 3line_number: 3FX_LCO: Gateway controlled preferred then pass-throughRelated Commands
dspt38fxlcos
To display the fax handling instructions for all lines on the current VISM card, use the dspt38fxlcos command.
dspt38fxlcos
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP trunking/VoIP switching, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the fax handling instructions for all lines on the current VISM card are displayed:
dspt38fxlcosLine_Number Fx LCO----------- ------1 Gateway controlled preferred then pass-through2 Gateway controlled preferred then pass-through...8 Gateway controlled preferred then pass-throughRelated Commands
dspt38nsetimeout
To display a specified configured line with a length of time in which to wait for a remote acknowledgment of the offer to switch to fax transfer mode, use the dspt38nsetimeout command.
dspt38nsetimeout <line_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP trunking/VoIP switching, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the length of time in which to wait for a remote acknowledgment of the offer to switch to fax transfer mode configured for line 5 is displayed:
dspt38nsetimeout 5line_number: 5FX_Nse_Timer: 1000 msRelated Commands
dspt38nsetimeouts
To display all configured lines with a length of time in which to wait for a remote acknowledgment of the offer to switch to fax transfer mode, use the dspt38nsetimeouts command.
dspt38nsetimeouts
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP trunking/VoIP switching, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the length of time in which to wait for a remote acknowledgment of the offer to switch to fax transfer mode configured for all lines on the current VISM card is displayed:
dspt38nsetimeoutsLine_Number NSE Timeout (ms)----------- ----------------1 10002 1000...8 1000Related Commands
dspt38params
To display the T.38 fax transfer parameters for a specified line, use the dspt38params command.
dspt38params <line_number>
Syntax Description
line_number
Line number of the DS1 line for which you want to display T.38 fax transfer parameters. Range is 1-8.
Command Modes
VoIP trunking/VoIP switching, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the T.38 fax transfer parameters for line 7 are displayed:
dspt38params 7line_number: 7Max_Xmit_Rate: fx14400bpsInfo_Field_Size: 48Data_Pkt_size: 40 msLS_Data_Redundancy: 5HS_Data_Redundancy: 2TCF_Method: localTCFError_Correction: enabledNSF_Override: enabledNSF_Country_Code: 181NSF_Vendor_Code: 18Related Commands
dsptaskinfo
To display data about currently operating tasks, use the dsptaskinfo command.
dsptaskinfo
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the data of the currently operating tasks is displayed:
dsptaskinfotaskName msgReceivd msgSent msgSent lastSent lastSt lastStFailed FailedTask Failed FailedMsgTyp Errno---------- --------------- --------------- ---------- ---------- ------ ------nmimRouter 0 60 0 0 0x0scm 1240 584 0 0 0x0pSNMP 0 1 0 0 0x0cmm 277 258 0 0 0x0conn_mgr_t 1109790 29 0 0 0x0tFiled 68 69 0 0 0x0tSmd 237 313 0 0 0x0logd 304 1 0 0 0x0alarm_task 0 29 0 0 0x0oam 5 1109778 0 0 0x0bertd 0 1 0 0 0x0Related Commands
There are no related commands.
dsptonebuiltinplans
To display all built-in (preconfigured) tone plans on the current VISM card, use the dsptonebuiltinplans command.
dsptonebuiltinplans
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
VISM supports version 1 of the country and region built-in tone plans listed in Table 7-12.
Examples
The following example shows that all preconfigured tone plans for the current VISM card are displayed:
dsptonebuiltinplansStatus Tone Plan Region Version Tone Plan File Name------ ---------------- ------- -------------------configure ITU 1 BUILTIN...configure United States 1 BUILTINNumber of Built-In Tone Plans = 48.Related Commands
dsptoneplan
To display the tone configuration of a specified tone plan—either a built-in (preconfigured) or a provisional tone plan—use the dsptoneplan comman.
dsptoneplan <tone_plan_region> <tone_plan_version>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
This command displays amplitudes as a number which corresponds to a dBm value according to the following formula:
dBm = 20 * log10 (peek-to-peek/46348)
This formula equals the amplitude of one frequency. If both frequencies are configured for the same level, add 6 dBm to the results of the formula to obtain the total amplitude.
Examples
The following example shows that the tone configuration for singapore tone plan region, version number 11, is displayed:
dsptoneplan singapore 11Region Name :SingaporeVersion: 1Description: Tone Plan for Singapore (SG)File name: BUILTINRelated Commands
dsptoneplans
To display the tone configuration of all tone plans—either built-in (preconfigured) or provisional tone plans—use the dsptoneplans command.
dsptoneplans
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
This command displays the status of tone plans in the following ways:
•
•
•
Examples
The following example shows that the tone configuration for tone plans is displayed:
dsptoneplansStatus Tone Plan Region Version Tone Plan File Name--------- ---------------- ------- -------------------configure singapore 11 sing_3configure ITU 1 BUILTIN...Related Commands
dsptoneprovplans
To display all provisional tone plans, use the dsptoneprovplans command.
dsptoneprovplans
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
This command displays the status of tone plans in the following ways:
•
•
•
Examples
The following example shows that all provisional tone plans are displayed:
dsptoneprovplansStatus Tone Plan Region Version Tone Plan File Name--------- ---------------- ------- -------------------configure singapore 11 sing_3...Number of Provisionable Tone Plans = 1.Number of un-configured Tone Plans = 31.Related Commands
dsptoneregionplans
To display a list of all tone plans for the countries and regions whose name partially or completely matches the name you supply, use the dsptoneregionplans command.
dsptoneregionplans <tone_plan_region>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that all tone plans associated with the partial tone plan region Uni are displayed:
dsptoneregionplans "Uni"Status Tone Plan Region Version Tone Plan File Name--------- ---------------- ------- -------------------configure UnitedKingdon 11 BUILTINconfigure UnitedStates 11 BUILTINNumber of Matching Tone Plans = 2.Related Commands
dsptranscotmode
To display whether or not the reverse transponder continuity test (COT) is enabled, use the dsptranscotmode command.
dsptranscotmode
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the COT tone you configured using the cnftranscotmode command. The 1780 Hz tone does not reverse the COT mode.
dsptranscotmodeREVERSE TRANSPONDER COT : disableRelated Commands
dspvbdcodec
To display the upspeed codec used for voiceband data (VBD), use the dspvbdcodec command.
dspvbdcodec
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the upspeed codec used for VBD and the default payload type is displayed:
dspvbdcodecVBD UpSpeed Codec: G.711uPayload Type : 256Related Commands
dspvbdmarconi
To display whether or not voiceband data (VBD) upspeed is configured upon detection of a dual tone, use the dspvbdmarconi command.
dspvbdmarconi
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that VBD upspeed is configured upon detection of a dual tone.
dspvbdmarconiMarconi dual tone flag : enableRelated Commands
dspvbdpol
To display the VISM card level voiceband data (VBD) policies for fax/modem upspeed connection admission control (CAC) failure and fax/modem carrier loss for calls, use the dspvbdpol command.
dspvbdpol
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the VISM card level VBD policies are displayed:
dspvbdpolCarrier Loss Policy: upspeedCodecCAC Rejection Policy: maintainRelated Commands
dspvccis
To display the associated values for the LCN, VCCI, address type, and address you configured, use the dspvccis command.
dspvccis
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
Switched AAL2 PVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following examles shows the associated LCN, VCCI, and address you configured using the cnfconvcci command.
dspvccisAddrLCN VCCI Type Addr133 133 NSAP 737076634d475831000000000000000001000100134 134 NSAP 737076634d475831000000000000000001000100135 135 NSAP 737076634d475831000000000000000001000100136 136 NSAP 737076634d475831000000000000000001000100Related Commands
dspvismdn
To display the domain name of the current VISM card, use the dspvismdn command.
dspvismdn
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the domain name of the current VISM card is displayed:
dspvismdnDomainName: cisco.comRelated Commands
dspvismip
To display the IP address and subnet mask for the current VISM card, use the dspvismip command.
dspvismip
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the IP address and subnet mask of the current VISM card are displayed:
dspvismipVismIpAddress: 209.165.200.224NetMask: 255.255.255.255VismBearerIpAddress: 209.165.200.225BearerNetMask: 255.255.255.255Related Commands
dspvismparam
To display VISM card configuration parameters, use the dspvismparam command.
dspvismparam
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the configuration parameters of the current VISM card are displayed:
dspvismparamVISM mode: voipSwitchingVISM features Bit Map: 0x5acCAC flag: enableDS0s available: 192Template number: 2Percent of functional DSPs: 100IP address: 64.68.2.1Subnet mask 255.255.255.252RTCP report interval: 1000 msecRTCP receive multiplier: 3RTP receive timer: disableControlPrecedence/Tos: 0x60BearerPrecedence/Tos: 0xa0Aal2 muxing status: disableTftp Server Dn TFTPDOMAINAggregate Clipping enableAggregate Svc Bandwidth 0Codec negotiation option 1Profile negotiation option 1VAD Duty Cycle 61VAD Tolerance 100CALEA: enable
Note
Related Commands
dspvoipparams
To display the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode parameters, use the dspvoipparams command.
dspvoipparams
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
The following parameters are displayed when you use this command:
•
•
•
•
•
Examples
The following example shows that the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode parameters are displayed:
dspvoipparamsVoIP DTMF RELAY: OffVoIP CAS BITS TRANSPORT: OffVoIP VAD TIMER: 250VoIP EVENT NEGOTIATE POL: proprietaryVoIP SID PAYLOAD TYPE: 13Related Commands
cnfvoiptimerparam
Configures the holdover time for VAD before silence compression is activated.
cnfvoiptransparams
Configures the VoIP transportation parameters.
dspxgcpbt
To display the default network type, virtual channel (VC) type, and connection type of the current VISM card, use the dspxgcpbt command.
dspxgcpbt
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the default network type, VC type, and connection type of the current VISM card are displayed:
dspxgcpbtNetwork Type: IPVC Type: PVCConn Type: not-applicableRelated Commands
dspxgcpcalls
To display the xGCP call ID, connection ID, and endpoint name corresponding to each call agent established connection on the gateway, use the dspxgcpcalls command.
dspxgcpcalls
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
If more than one xGCP connection ID is associated with the same call ID, each connection ID appears on a separate line in the display.
Examples
The following example shows that the xGCP call IDs, connection IDs, and endpoint names corresponding to all call agent established connections on the gateway are displayed:
dspxgcpcallsxGCP Call ID xGCP Connection ID xGCP Endpoint Name-------------------------------- ------------------ ------------------5898886 358a vism/T1-2/2122263730 368d vism/T1-2/2335040677 338d vism/T1-1/337233496 3588 vism/T1-1/544147097 358c vism/T1-2/659925215 3685 vism/T1-2/1486098952 3787 vism/T1-1/23106425635 3689 vism/T1-1/22127810066 348f vism/T1-1/20143146281 3789 vism/T1-1/8251336169 3688 vism/T1-1/14308712944 338f vism/T1-2/12332811049 3690 vism/T1-1/15349719791 348b vism/T1-1/12368644231 3683 vism/T1-1/21414134979 3589 vism/T1-1/13431808675 348e vism/T1-2/5439592534 3687 vism/T1-1/6449708369 338a vism/T1-1/10472992198 368b vism/T1-1/7667869345 3392 vism/T1-2/20689149158 3584 vism/T1-2/13731314813 368e vism/T1-2/8733047547 3686 vism/T1-2/22840095617 368a vism/T1-2/7855162306 338c vism/T1-1/18889601897 368c vism/T1-2/15959868114 3395 vism/T1-1/4Related Commands
There are no related commands.
dspxgcpcids
To display the logical channel number (LCN), channel identification number (CID), xGCP connection ID, endpoint name, and call ID corresponding to each call agent established AAL2 connection on the gateway, use the dspxgcpcids command.
dspxgcpcids
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
Switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the xGCP connection CID configuration data for each call agent established AAL2 connection on the gateway is displayed:
dspxgcpcidsLCN CID xGCP Connection ID xGCP Endpoint Name xGCP Call ID--- --- ------------------ ------------------ --------------------------------132 10 27ba vism/T1-1/2 346350363132 14 24c2 vism/T1-1/6 219196705132 15 24c6 vism/T1-1/7 3124232132 16 24cb vism/T1-1/8 71993004132 17 26be vism/T1-1/9 964845576132 18 27bc vism/T1-1/10 40023388132 21 24bc vism/T1-1/13 308615846132 22 24c3 vism/T1-1/14 540211499132 23 24c8 vism/T1-1/15 887014703132 24 25c2 vism/T1-1/16 750350805132 25 26bf vism/T1-1/17 757994272132 29 24bf vism/T1-1/21 407192558132 30 24c5 vism/T1-1/22 702316810132 31 24c9 vism/T1-1/23 686445676132 32 26bc vism/T1-1/24 366717759132 33 26c0 vism/T1-2/1 142297238132 37 24c1 vism/T1-2/5 681759411132 38 24c4 vism/T1-2/6 439143079132 39 24c7 vism/T1-2/7 966681180132 40 25c5 vism/T1-2/8 565100353132 41 26c1 vism/T1-2/9 273412123d32 9 26c3 vism/T1-1/1 705499200Related Commands
dspxgcpcnf
To display previously configured Simple Gateway Control Protocol (SGCP)/Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP) timeout and retransmission count values, use the dspxgcpcnf command.
dspxgcpcnf
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the SGCP/MGCP timeout and retransmission count values are displayed:
dspxgcpcnfMWD timeout : 10000Request timeout : 500Retry count: 3Related Commands
dspxgcpcnt
To display the Simple Gateway Control Protocol (SGCP)/Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP) message statistics for a specified call agent, use the dspxgcpcnt command.
dspxgcpcnt <ip address>
Syntax Description
ip address
IP address, in dotted decimal format (nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn), of the call agent for which you want to display SGCP/MGCP message statistics.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the SGCP/MGCP message statistics of the call agent are displayed:
dspxgcpcnt 209.165.200.204IP success msg fail msg--------------- ----------- ----------209.165.200.204 0 4Related Commands
dspxgcpcnts
Displays the SGCP/MGCP message statistics for all known call agents.
dspxgcpcnts
To display the Simple Gateway Control Protocol (SGCP)/Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP) message statistics for all known call agents, use the dspxgcpcnts command.
dspxgcpcnts
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the SGCP/MGCP messages statistics for all known call agents are displayed:
dspxgcpcntsIP success msg fail msg--------- ----------- ----------2.2.2.2 0 4Related Commands
dspxgcpcnt
Displays the SGCP/MGCP message statistics for a specified call agent.
dspxgcpcon
To display the attributes associated with a call agent established connection, use the dspxgcpcon command.
dspxgcpcon <connId> <DispLevel>
Syntax Description
connId
Connection identification number. Range is in hexadecimal numbers from (0-9, a-f).
DispLevel
Detail level of display. Values are
•
•
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the abbreviated level of attributes associated with the call agent identified by the connection identification number 4C5B are displayed:
dspxgcpcon 4c5b 1*********************************************************Attributes of Connection ID: 4c5b*********************************************************Call ID = C0011Endpoint Name = vism/T1-1/1Line Number = 1Connection ID = 4c5bAdmitted Codec = PCMAAdmitted Pkt. period = 10 msConnection Mode = sendrecvEcho Cancellation = FALSEType of Service = 0xa0Network Type = IPRemote Address Type = Invalid (0)Continuity Test = FALSELoopback = FALSELocal RTP Port = 49556Remote RTP Port = 49544Remote RTP Port Count = 1Remote Address =64.68.18.1MGC Domain Name = mgc1MGC IP Address = UnknownMGC UDP Port = 2427Port in Notified Entity = FALSEProtocol Version = MGCP 0.1Silence Suppression = FALSESID = TRUEVAD Timer = 250 msCAS Type = NoneTriple Redundancy = TRUEDTMF forwarding = FALSELocal Connection Options (lco string) = L: e:off, s:off, a:PCMARemote Session Descriptor (sdp string) =--------------------------------------v=0o=- C0011 0 IN - -s=-c=IN IP4 64.68.18.1t=0 0m=audio 49544 RTP/AVP 8--------------------------------------The following example shows that the detailed level of attributes associated with the call agent identified by the connection identification number 4C5B are displayed:
dspxgcpcon 4c5b 2*********************************************************Attributes of Connection ID: 4c5b*********************************************************Call ID = C0011Endpoint Name = vism/T1-1/1Line Number = 1Connection ID = 4c5bAdmitted Codec = PCMAAdmitted Pkt. period = 10 msConnection Mode = sendrecvEcho Cancellation = FALSEType of Service = 0xa0Network Type = IPRemote Address Type = Invalid (0)Continuity Test = FALSELoopback = FALSELocal RTP Port = 49556Remote RTP Port = 49544Remote RTP Port Count = 1Remote Address =64.68.18.1MGC Domain Name = mgc1MGC IP Address = UnknownMGC UDP Port = 2427Port in Notified Entity = FALSEProtocol Version = MGCP 0.1Silence Suppression = FALSESID = TRUEVAD Timer = 250 msCAS Type = NoneTriple Redundancy = TRUEDTMF forwarding = FALSELocal Connection Options (lco string) = L: e:off, s:off, a:PCMARemote Session Descriptor (sdp string) =--------------------------------------v=0o=- C0011 0 IN - -s=-c=IN IP4 64.68.18.1t=0 0m=audio 49544 RTP/AVP 8--------------------------------------Timestamp Information:Display Type = OriginatingCRCX Ack (CRCX Ack - CRCX) = 10.000000000 msMDCX Command (MDCX - CRCX) = 70.000000000 msMDCX Ack (MDCX Ack - CRCX) = 80.000000000 msTime since the CRCX was received = 2016.930000000 sec(CRCX Command is not shown since it is used as reference)Codec List: Codec[1] = PCMAPkt. Period List[1]: Pkt. Period[1] = 10 msPkt. Period Range[1] - Low = 10 msPkt. Period Range[1] - High = 10 msLCO Codec List[1] = PCMALCO Pkt. Period Range - Low = 0 msLCO Pkt. Period Range - High = 0 msTDM Endpoint Connected to DSP Channel = TRUEDSP Channel Connected to Network Endpoint = TRUERelated Commands
dspxgcpcons
To display the xGCP connection identification number, endpoint name, and call identification number corresponding to each call agent established connection on the gateway, use the dspxgcpcons command.
dspxgcpcons
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the xGCP connection identification number, endpoint name, and call identification number of each call agent established connection on the gateway are displayed:
dspxgcpconsxGCP Connection ID xGCP Endpoint Name xGCP Call ID----------------- ------------------ ------------4c5b vism/T1-1/1 C00114c5c vism/T1-1/2 C0012Related Commands
dspxgcpdefpkg
To display the Simple Gateway Control Protocol (SGCP)/Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP) default package, use the dspxgcpdefpkg command.
dspxgcpdefpkg
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the SGCP/MGCP default package is displayed:
dspxgcpdefpkgDefault package : TRelated Commands
There are no related commands.
dspxgcpdetailcnt
To display Simple Gateway Control Protocol (SGCP)/Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP) details of message statistics exchanged between VISM and a specified call agent, use the dspxgcpdetailcnt command.
dspxgcpdetailcnt <Ip_address>
Syntax Description
Ip_address
IP address, in dotted decimal format (nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn)., of the call agent for which you want to display detailed exchanged message statistics. It can be
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the SGCP/MGCP details of message statistics exchanged between VISM and the call agent identified by the IP address are displayed:
dspxgcpdetailcnt 209.165.200.224IP Address : 209.165.200.224CRCX Count : 0CRCX Fail Count : 0MDCX Count : 0MDCX Fail Count : 0DLCX Received Count : 0DLCX Received Fail Count : 0DLCX Sent Count : 0DLCX Sent Fail Count : 0RQNT Count : 0RQNT Fail Count : 0Notify Count : 0Notify Fail Count : 0Audit Endpoint Count : 0Audit Endpoint Fail Count : 0Audit Connection Count : 0Audit Connection Fail Count : 0RSIP Count : 4RSIP Fail Count : 4Related Commands
dspxgcpdetailcnts
Displays SGCP/MGCP details of message statistics exchanged between VISM and all known call agents.
dspxgcpdetailcnts
To display Simple Gateway Control Protocol (SGCP)/Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP) details of message statistics exchanged between VISM and all known call agents, use the dspxgcpdetailcnts command.
dspxgcpdetailcnts
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the SGCP/MGCP details of message statistics exchanged between VISM and all known call agents are displayed:
dspxgcpdetailcntsIP Address : 2.2.2.2CRCX Count : 0CRCX Fail Count : 0MDCX Count : 0MDCX Fail Count : 0DLCX Received Count : 0DLCX Received Fail Count : 0DLCX Sent Count : 0DLCX Sent Fail Count : 0RQNT Count : 0RQNT Fail Count : 0Notify Count : 0Notify Fail Count : 0Audit Endpoint Count : 0Audit Endpoint Fail Count : 0Audit Connection Count : 0Audit Connection Fail Count : 0RSIP Count : 4RSIP Fail Count : 4Related Commands
dspxgcpdetailcnt
Displays SGCP/MGCP details of message statistics exchanged between VISM and a specified call agent.
dspxgcpendpt
To display the attributes associated with an endpoint added using the addendpt command, or the SNMP equivalent, use the dspxgcpendpt command.
dspxgcpendpt <line_number> <ds0_number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
An endpoint added with the addendpt command is considered an xGCP endpoint even though a call agent established connection cannot be associated with the endpoint.
Examples
The following example shows that the statistics for the endpoint identified by line number 1, DS0 number 1 are displayed:
dspxgcpendpt 1 1*********************************************************Attributes of Endpoint Name: vism/T1-1/1*********************************************************Line Number = 1Endpoint Number = 1Endpoint Name = vism/T1-1/1Continuity Test = FALSEEcho Cancellation = FALSEProtocol Version = Invalid ProtocolMGC IP Address = UnknownMGC UDP Port = 0Port in Notified Entity = FALSERequest ID = 0Quarantine Handling =Requested Event List =Signal Event List =Accumulated Event List =Quarantined Event List =Detect Event List =Accumulated Dialed String =DSP Channel Connected to Network Endpoint = FALSERetry Count = 3Minimum Retry Timeout = 500 msMaximum Retry Timeout = 500 msRelated Commands
dspxgcpendptcons
To display the attributes of all connections associated with an endpoint added using the addendpt command, or the SNMP equivalent, use the dspxgcpendptcons command.
dspxgcpendptcons <line_number> <ds0_number> <dispLevel>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the attributes of all connections associated by the endpoint identified by line number 1, DS0 number 1 are displayed in the detailed format:
dspxgcpendptcons 1 1 2*********************************************************Attributes of Connection ID:1*********************************************************Call ID = 634Endpoint Name = vism/T1-1/1Line Number = 1Connection ID = 1Admitted Codec = PCMUAdmitted Pkt. period = 10 msConnection Mode = sendrecvEcho Cancellation = TRUEType of Service = 0xa0Network Type = IPRemote Address Type = Invalid (0)Continuity Test = FALSELoopback = FALSELocal RTP Port = 49152Remote RTP Port = 49154Remote RTP Port Count = 1Remote Address = nn.nnn.n.nRemote SDP = TRUEMGC Domain Name = vsc-1MGC IP Address = UnknownMGC UDP Port = 2427Port in Notified Entity = FALSEProtocol Version = MGCP 0.1Silence Suppression = TRUEVAD Timer = 250CAS Forwarding Backhaul = 0Triple Redundancy = 1DTMF forwarding = 0Local Connection Options (lco string) = L:e:onRemote Session Descriptor (sdp string) =Timestamp Information:Display Type = TerminatingCRCX Ack (CRCX Ack - CRCX) = 10.000000000 msTime since the CRCX was received = 210.280000000 sec(CRCX Command is not shown since it is used as reference)Codec List:Codec[1] = PCMUPkt. Period List[1]:Pkt. Period[1] = 10 msPkt. Period Range[1] - Low = 10 msPkt. Period Range[1] - High = 10 msCodec List:Codec[2] = PCMAPkt. Period List[2]:Pkt. Period[1] = 10 msPkt. Period Range[2] - Low = 10 msPkt. Period Range[2] - High = 10 msCodec List:Codec[3] = CCDPkt. Period List[3]:Pkt. Period[1] = 10 msPkt. Period Range[3] - Low = 10 msPkt. Period Range[3] - High = 10 msLCO Pkt. Period Range - Low = 0 msLCO Pkt. Period Range - High = 0 msTDM Endpoint Connected to DSP Channel = TRUEDSP Channel Connected to Network Endpoint = TRUERelated Commands
dspxgcpendpts
To display the xGCP endpoint names corresponding to each endpoint which has been added using the addendpt command, or the SNMP equivalent, use the dspxgcpendpts command.
dspxgcpendpts
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
The xGCP endpoint name is displayed with this command regardless of whether there are call agent established connections associated with the endpoint. If there are call agent established connections associated with the endpoint, the corresponding xGCP connection identification number and call identification number appear on the same line as the endpoint name.
Examples
The following example shows that the endpoint names that correspond to each endpoint are displayed:
dspxgcpendptsxGCP Endpoint Name xGCP Connection ID xGCP Call ID------------------ ------------------ --------------vism/T1-1/1 4c5b C0011vism/T1-1/2 4c5c C0012vism/T1-1/3vism/T1-1/4vism/T1-1/5vism/T1-1/6vism/T1-1/7vism/T1-1/8vism/T1-1/9vism/T1-1/10vism/T1-1/11vism/T1-1/12vism/T1-1/13vism/T1-1/14vism/T1-1/15vism/T1-1/16vism/T1-1/17vism/T1-1/18vism/T1-1/19vism/T1-1/20vism/T1-1/21vism/T1-1/22vism/T1-1/23vism/T1-1/24Related Commands
dspxgcpendpt
Displays the xGCP endpoint names corresponding to each endpoint number.
dspxgcperrcnt
To display the Simple Gateway Control Protocol (SGCP)/Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP) error counts for both unsupported protocol versions and unrecognized packets, use the dspxgcperrcnt command.
dspxgcperrcnt
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the xGCP error counts for unsupported protocol versions and unrecognized packets are displayed:
dspxgcperrcntNumber of msg. for an unsupported protocol version : 0Number of unrecongnized packets : 0Related Commands
There are no related commands.
dspxgcpinterops
To display the status of the Session Description Protocol (SDP) OST interoperability feature, use the dspxgcpinterops command.
dspxgcpinterops
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the SDP OST interoperability status is displayed:
dspxgcpinteropsSDP OST flag: enableRelated Commands
dspxgcplncons
To display the DS0s with active xGCP connections, the number of connections for each line, and the number of active calls for each card, use the dspxgcplncons command.
dspxgcplncons
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the DS0s with active xGCP connections, the number of connections for each line, and the number of active calls for each card are displayed:
dspxgcplnconsConnections Active Line 1: 0x00bee89e (15)Connections Active Line 2: 0x00b5bfc5 (16)Connections Active Line 3: 0x0015387c (11)Connections Active Line 4: 0x00000000 (0)Connections Active Line 5: 0x00000000 (0)Connections Active Line 6: 0x00000000 (0)Connections Active Line 7: 0x00000000 (0)Connections Active Line 8: 0x00000000 (0)Total Active Connections: 42
Note
Related Commands
dspxgcppeers
To display all the User Datagram Protocol (UDP) peer ports used by the Simple Gateway Control Protocol (SGCP) or the Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP), use the dspxgcppeers command.
dspxgcppeers
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the UDP ports used by xGCP are displayed:
dspxgcppeersmgcNumber protocolNumber portNumber----------- ------------- ----------1 1 20641 2 2427Related Commands
cnfxgcppeer
Configures the UDP port number used to send gateway-initiated messages to the call agent.
dspxgcppersistevts
To display all active persistent xGCP events, use the dspxgcppersistevts command.
dspxgcppersistevts
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the active persistent xGCP events are displayed:
dspxgcppersistevts1 l/hd2 l/hu3 r/co4Related Commands
addxgcppersistevt
Adds persistent xGCP events.
delxgcppersistevt
Deletes a persistent xGCP event.
dspxgcpport
To display the local User Datagram Protocol (UDP) port number used by the Simple Gateway Control Protocol (SGCP) or the Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP), use the dspxgcpport command.
dspxgcpport
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the UDP port number used by SGCP/MGCP is displayed:
dspxgcpportxgcpPortNumber: 2427Related Commands
cnfxgcppeer
Configures the UDP port number used to send gateway-initiated messages to the call agent.
dspxgcpretry
To display the current xGCP retransmission parameters—retry (retransmission) count, minimum timeout value, and maximum timeout value—use the dspxgcpretry command.
dspxgcpretry
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the current xGCP retransmission parameters are displayed:
dspxgcpretryMin Request Timeout : 500Retry Count : 3Max Request Timeout : 500Related Commands
cnfxgcpretry
Configures VISM minimum and maximum request timeouts and retransmission attempts for communication with the associated call agent.
Help
To display, in an alphabetical list, all commands associated with the current VISM card, use the Help command.
Help
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
This command is case sensitive—Help.
Note
Examples
The following example shows that all commands associated with the current VISM card are displayed in an alphabetical list.
Note
Help?addcasvaraddccsaddcid...dspxgcppersistevtsdspxgcpportdspxgcpretryHelp...tstcontstdelayupconversionRelated Commands
memShow
To display the system memory partition blocks and statistics, use the memShow command.
memShow
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows the current system partitions and statistics:
memShowstatus bytes blocks avg block max block------ --------- -------- ---------- ----------currentfree 11598432 240 48326 11556160alloc 4071280 12151 335 -cumulativealloc 11297856 147028 76 -Related Commands
There are no related commands.
pinglndsp
To display the digital signal processor (DSP) configuration data and status for all endpoints on a specified line, use the pinglndsp command.
pinglndsp <line_num>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the DSP configuration data and status for the VISM card line 1 is displayed:
pinglndsp 1Endpoint Ds0# DSP health-------------------------------------------1 1 OK2 2 OK3 3 OK4 4 OK5 5 OK6 6 OK7 7 OK8 8 OK9 9 OK10 10 OK11 11 OK12 12 OK13 13 OK14 14 OK15 15 OK16 16 OK17 17 OK18 18 OK19 19 OKRelated Commands
rrtcon
To trigger the re-routing of a connection between two different switches, use the rrtcon command.
rrtcon <channel number>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
This command operates only on master endpoints and on connections between two different switches.
Examples
The following example shows re-routing the master endpoint 131.
rrtcon 131Related Commands
There are no related commands.
setfaxmodemtrace
To enable or disable fax/modem trace, use the setfaxmodemtrace command.
setfaxmodemtrace <fax_modem_trace>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example turns off fax/modem trace.
setfaxmodemtrace 1Related Commands
svccntsreset
To set all switched virtual connection (SVC) counters to zero and update the statistic collection start time, use the svccntsreset command.
svccntsreset
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, and VoIP and AAL1 SVC
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.
Examples
This command does not return any output.
svccntsresetRelated Commands
There are no related commands.
tstcon
To test a specified connection, use the tstcon command.
tstcon <LCN>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the connection identified by logical channel number 131 is tested:
tstcon 131test type is..... 1TestCon in progress.TestCon Passed.Related Commands
tstdelay
To test the delay on a specified connection, use the tstdelay command.
tstdelay <LCN>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the delay for the connection identified by logical channel number 131 is tested:
tstdelay 131test type is..... 2TestDelay in progress.TestDelay Passed with 327 us.Related Commands
upcon
To configure a specified connection up, allowing traffic to be passed to the specified connection, use the upcon command.
upcon <LCN>
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
When a channel is brought up from down with the upcon command, a vismChanConUp trap is sent.
Examples
The following example shows that connection 189 is configured to be administratively up and traffic can be passed to it:
upcon 189Related Commands
dncon
Configures a specified connection down, preventing traffic from being passed to it.
dspcon
Displays the parameters for a specified channel.
version
To display version-related data—such as firmware version, operating system kernel version, date of the software build—for the current VISM/VISM-PR card, use the version command.
version
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
VoIP switching/VoIP trunking, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, VoIP and AAL1 SVC, VoIP trunking/AAL2 trunking
Usage Guidelines
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.
Examples
The following example shows that the version-related data for the current VISM card is displayed:
versionPXM1E_SJ.1.28.VISM8.a > version***** Cisco Systems. MGX VISM Card *****Firmware Version = 003.002.000.000 (NO CALEA)Backup Boot version = VI8_BT_3.1.01Xilinx Firmware version = 10/ 2/1998DSPCOM FPGA version = 3/ 6/2003DSPM C549 Template 1 FW Details:Major Release = 3Minor Release = 6Build number = 25DSPM C549 Template 2 FW Details:Major Release = 3Minor Release = 6Build number = 25DSPM C549 Template 3 FW Details:Major Release = 3Minor Release = 6Build number = 25DSPM C549 Template 4 FW Details:Major Release = 3Minor Release = 6Build number = 25DSPM C5421 Template 1, 2, and 3 FW Details:Major Release = 3Minor Release = 6Build number = 25DSPM C5421 Template 4 FW Details:Major Release = 3Minor Release = 6Build number = 25DSPM C5421 Template 5 FW Details:Major Release = 3Minor Release = 6Build number = 25DSPM C549 E1 ECAN FW Details:Major Release = 9Minor Release = 4Build number = 0DSPM C549 T1 ECAN FW Details:Major Release = 9Minor Release = 4Build number = 0DSPM C5421 T1 & E1 ECAN FW Details:Major Release = 9Minor Release = 5Build number = 1Made by = swtoolsVxWorks (for R5k PDC) version 5.3.1.Kernel: WIND version 2.5.Made on Jun 18 2003, 15:41:03.Boot line:
Note
Related Commands
There are no related commands.
Posted: Mon Jun 14 07:49:44 PDT 2004
All contents are Copyright © 1992--2004 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Important Notices and Privacy Statement.
